| /* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com) |
| * All rights reserved. |
| * |
| * This package is an SSL implementation written |
| * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com). |
| * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL. |
| * |
| * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as |
| * the following conditions are aheared to. The following conditions |
| * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA, |
| * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code. The SSL documentation |
| * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms |
| * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com). |
| * |
| * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in |
| * the code are not to be removed. |
| * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution |
| * as the author of the parts of the library used. |
| * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or |
| * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package. |
| * |
| * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without |
| * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions |
| * are met: |
| * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright |
| * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. |
| * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright |
| * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the |
| * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. |
| * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software |
| * must display the following acknowledgement: |
| * "This product includes cryptographic software written by |
| * Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)" |
| * The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library |
| * being used are not cryptographic related :-). |
| * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from |
| * the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement: |
| * "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)" |
| * |
| * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND |
| * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE |
| * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE |
| * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE |
| * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL |
| * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS |
| * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) |
| * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT |
| * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY |
| * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF |
| * SUCH DAMAGE. |
| * |
| * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or |
| * derivative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be |
| * copied and put under another distribution licence |
| * [including the GNU Public Licence.] |
| */ |
| /* ==================================================================== |
| * Copyright (c) 1998-2007 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved. |
| * |
| * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without |
| * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions |
| * are met: |
| * |
| * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright |
| * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. |
| * |
| * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright |
| * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in |
| * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the |
| * distribution. |
| * |
| * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this |
| * software must display the following acknowledgment: |
| * "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project |
| * for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)" |
| * |
| * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to |
| * endorse or promote products derived from this software without |
| * prior written permission. For written permission, please contact |
| * openssl-core@openssl.org. |
| * |
| * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" |
| * nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written |
| * permission of the OpenSSL Project. |
| * |
| * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following |
| * acknowledgment: |
| * "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project |
| * for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)" |
| * |
| * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY |
| * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE |
| * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR |
| * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR |
| * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, |
| * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT |
| * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; |
| * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) |
| * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, |
| * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) |
| * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED |
| * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. |
| * ==================================================================== |
| * |
| * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young |
| * (eay@cryptsoft.com). This product includes software written by Tim |
| * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com). |
| * |
| */ |
| /* ==================================================================== |
| * Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. |
| * ECC cipher suite support in OpenSSL originally developed by |
| * SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and contributed to the OpenSSL project. |
| */ |
| /* ==================================================================== |
| * Copyright 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. |
| * |
| * The portions of the attached software ("Contribution") is developed by |
| * Nokia Corporation and is licensed pursuant to the OpenSSL open source |
| * license. |
| * |
| * The Contribution, originally written by Mika Kousa and Pasi Eronen of |
| * Nokia Corporation, consists of the "PSK" (Pre-Shared Key) ciphersuites |
| * support (see RFC 4279) to OpenSSL. |
| * |
| * No patent licenses or other rights except those expressly stated in |
| * the OpenSSL open source license shall be deemed granted or received |
| * expressly, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise. |
| * |
| * No assurances are provided by Nokia that the Contribution does not |
| * infringe the patent or other intellectual property rights of any third |
| * party or that the license provides you with all the necessary rights |
| * to make use of the Contribution. |
| * |
| * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. IN |
| * ADDITION TO THE DISCLAIMERS INCLUDED IN THE LICENSE, NOKIA |
| * SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY FOR CLAIMS BROUGHT BY YOU OR ANY |
| * OTHER ENTITY BASED ON INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OR |
| * OTHERWISE. |
| */ |
| |
| #ifndef OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H |
| #define OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H |
| |
| #include <openssl/base.h> |
| |
| #include <openssl/bio.h> |
| #include <openssl/buf.h> |
| #include <openssl/pem.h> |
| #include <openssl/span.h> |
| #include <openssl/ssl3.h> |
| #include <openssl/thread.h> |
| #include <openssl/tls1.h> |
| #include <openssl/x509.h> |
| |
| #if !defined(OPENSSL_WINDOWS) |
| #include <sys/time.h> |
| #endif |
| |
| // Forward-declare struct timeval. On Windows, it is defined in winsock2.h and |
| // Windows headers define too many macros to be included in public headers. |
| // However, only a forward declaration is needed. |
| struct timeval; |
| |
| #if defined(__cplusplus) |
| extern "C" { |
| #endif |
| |
| |
| // SSL implementation. |
| |
| |
| // SSL contexts. |
| // |
| // |SSL_CTX| objects manage shared state and configuration between multiple TLS |
| // or DTLS connections. Whether the connections are TLS or DTLS is selected by |
| // an |SSL_METHOD| on creation. |
| // |
| // |SSL_CTX| are reference-counted and may be shared by connections across |
| // multiple threads. Once shared, functions which change the |SSL_CTX|'s |
| // configuration may not be used. |
| |
| // TLS_method is the |SSL_METHOD| used for TLS connections. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_method(void); |
| |
| // DTLS_method is the |SSL_METHOD| used for DTLS connections. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_method(void); |
| |
| // TLS_with_buffers_method is like |TLS_method|, but avoids all use of |
| // crypto/x509. All client connections created with |TLS_with_buffers_method| |
| // will fail unless a certificate verifier is installed with |
| // |SSL_set_custom_verify| or |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_with_buffers_method(void); |
| |
| // DTLS_with_buffers_method is like |DTLS_method|, but avoids all use of |
| // crypto/x509. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_with_buffers_method(void); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL_CTX| with default settings or NULL |
| // on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_CTX_new(const SSL_METHOD *method); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_up_ref increments the reference count of |ctx|. It returns one. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_up_ref(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_free releases memory associated with |ctx|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_free(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| |
| // SSL connections. |
| // |
| // An |SSL| object represents a single TLS or DTLS connection. Although the |
| // shared |SSL_CTX| is thread-safe, an |SSL| is not thread-safe and may only be |
| // used on one thread at a time. |
| |
| // SSL_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL| using |ctx| or NULL on error. The new |
| // connection inherits settings from |ctx| at the time of creation. Settings may |
| // also be individually configured on the connection. |
| // |
| // On creation, an |SSL| is not configured to be either a client or server. Call |
| // |SSL_set_connect_state| or |SSL_set_accept_state| to set this. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL *SSL_new(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_free releases memory associated with |ssl|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_free(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_SSL_CTX returns the |SSL_CTX| associated with |ssl|. If |
| // |SSL_set_SSL_CTX| is called, it returns the new |SSL_CTX|, not the initial |
| // one. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_get_SSL_CTX(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_set_connect_state configures |ssl| to be a client. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_connect_state(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_set_accept_state configures |ssl| to be a server. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_accept_state(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_is_server returns one if |ssl| is configured as a server and zero |
| // otherwise. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_server(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_is_dtls returns one if |ssl| is a DTLS connection and zero otherwise. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_dtls(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_is_quic returns one if |ssl| is a QUIC connection and zero otherwise. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_quic(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_set_bio configures |ssl| to read from |rbio| and write to |wbio|. |ssl| |
| // takes ownership of the two |BIO|s. If |rbio| and |wbio| are the same, |ssl| |
| // only takes ownership of one reference. See |SSL_set0_rbio| and |
| // |SSL_set0_wbio| for requirements on |rbio| and |wbio|, respectively. |
| // |
| // If |rbio| is the same as the currently configured |BIO| for reading, that |
| // side is left untouched and is not freed. |
| // |
| // If |wbio| is the same as the currently configured |BIO| for writing AND |ssl| |
| // is not currently configured to read from and write to the same |BIO|, that |
| // side is left untouched and is not freed. This asymmetry is present for |
| // historical reasons. |
| // |
| // Due to the very complex historical behavior of this function, calling this |
| // function if |ssl| already has |BIO|s configured is deprecated. Prefer |
| // |SSL_set0_rbio| and |SSL_set0_wbio| instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_bio(SSL *ssl, BIO *rbio, BIO *wbio); |
| |
| // SSL_set0_rbio configures |ssl| to read from |rbio|. It takes ownership of |
| // |rbio|. |rbio| may be a custom |BIO|, in which case it must implement |
| // |BIO_read| with |BIO_meth_set_read|. In DTLS, |rbio| must be non-blocking to |
| // properly handle timeouts and retransmits. |
| // |
| // Note that, although this function and |SSL_set0_wbio| may be called on the |
| // same |BIO|, each call takes a reference. Use |BIO_up_ref| to balance this. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_rbio(SSL *ssl, BIO *rbio); |
| |
| // SSL_set0_wbio configures |ssl| to write to |wbio|. It takes ownership of |
| // |wbio|. |wbio| may be a custom |BIO|, in which case it must implement |
| // |BIO_write| with |BIO_meth_set_write|. It must additionally implement |
| // |BIO_flush| with |BIO_meth_set_ctrl| and |BIO_CTRL_FLUSH|. If flushing is |
| // unnecessary with |wbio|, |BIO_flush| should return one and do nothing. |
| // |
| // Note that, although this function and |SSL_set0_rbio| may be called on the |
| // same |BIO|, each call takes a reference. Use |BIO_up_ref| to balance this. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_wbio(SSL *ssl, BIO *wbio); |
| |
| // SSL_get_rbio returns the |BIO| that |ssl| reads from. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT BIO *SSL_get_rbio(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_wbio returns the |BIO| that |ssl| writes to. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT BIO *SSL_get_wbio(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_fd calls |SSL_get_rfd|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_fd(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_rfd returns the file descriptor that |ssl| is configured to read |
| // from. If |ssl|'s read |BIO| is not configured or doesn't wrap a file |
| // descriptor then it returns -1. |
| // |
| // Note: On Windows, this may return either a file descriptor or a socket (cast |
| // to int), depending on whether |ssl| was configured with a file descriptor or |
| // socket |BIO|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_rfd(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_wfd returns the file descriptor that |ssl| is configured to write |
| // to. If |ssl|'s write |BIO| is not configured or doesn't wrap a file |
| // descriptor then it returns -1. |
| // |
| // Note: On Windows, this may return either a file descriptor or a socket (cast |
| // to int), depending on whether |ssl| was configured with a file descriptor or |
| // socket |BIO|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_wfd(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| #if !defined(OPENSSL_NO_SOCK) |
| // SSL_set_fd configures |ssl| to read from and write to |fd|. It returns one |
| // on success and zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of |
| // |fd|. |
| // |
| // On Windows, |fd| is cast to a |SOCKET| and used with Winsock APIs. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_fd(SSL *ssl, int fd); |
| |
| // SSL_set_rfd configures |ssl| to read from |fd|. It returns one on success and |
| // zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of |fd|. |
| // |
| // On Windows, |fd| is cast to a |SOCKET| and used with Winsock APIs. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_rfd(SSL *ssl, int fd); |
| |
| // SSL_set_wfd configures |ssl| to write to |fd|. It returns one on success and |
| // zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of |fd|. |
| // |
| // On Windows, |fd| is cast to a |SOCKET| and used with Winsock APIs. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_wfd(SSL *ssl, int fd); |
| #endif // !OPENSSL_NO_SOCK |
| |
| // SSL_do_handshake continues the current handshake. If there is none or the |
| // handshake has completed or False Started, it returns one. Otherwise, it |
| // returns <= 0. The caller should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to |
| // determine how to proceed. |
| // |
| // In DTLS, the caller must drive retransmissions and timeouts. After calling |
| // this function, the caller must use |DTLSv1_get_timeout| to determine the |
| // current timeout, if any. If it expires before the application next calls into |
| // |ssl|, call |DTLSv1_handle_timeout|. Note that DTLS handshake retransmissions |
| // use fresh sequence numbers, so it is not sufficient to replay packets at the |
| // transport. |
| // |
| // After the DTLS handshake, some retransmissions may remain. If |ssl| wrote |
| // last in the handshake, it may need to retransmit the final flight in case of |
| // packet loss. Additionally, in DTLS 1.3, it may need to retransmit |
| // post-handshake messages. To handle these, the caller must always be prepared |
| // to receive packets and process them with |SSL_read|, even when the |
| // application protocol would otherwise not read from the connection. |
| // |
| // TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF. |
| // https://crbug.com/466303. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_do_handshake(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_connect configures |ssl| as a client, if unconfigured, and calls |
| // |SSL_do_handshake|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_connect(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_accept configures |ssl| as a server, if unconfigured, and calls |
| // |SSL_do_handshake|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_accept(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_read reads up to |num| bytes from |ssl| into |buf|. It implicitly runs |
| // any pending handshakes, including renegotiations when enabled. On success, it |
| // returns the number of bytes read. Otherwise, it returns <= 0. The caller |
| // should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. |
| // |
| // In DTLS 1.3, the caller must also drive timeouts from retransmitting the |
| // final flight of the handshake, as well as post-handshake messages. After |
| // calling this function, the caller must use |DTLSv1_get_timeout| to determine |
| // the current timeout, if any. If it expires before the application next calls |
| // into |ssl|, call |DTLSv1_handle_timeout|. |
| // |
| // TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF. |
| // https://crbug.com/466303. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_read(SSL *ssl, void *buf, int num); |
| |
| // SSL_peek behaves like |SSL_read| but does not consume any bytes returned. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_peek(SSL *ssl, void *buf, int num); |
| |
| // SSL_pending returns the number of buffered, decrypted bytes available for |
| // read in |ssl|. It does not read from the transport. |
| // |
| // In DTLS, it is possible for this function to return zero while there is |
| // buffered, undecrypted data from the transport in |ssl|. For example, |
| // |SSL_read| may read a datagram with two records, decrypt the first, and leave |
| // the second buffered for a subsequent call to |SSL_read|. Callers that wish to |
| // detect this case can use |SSL_has_pending|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_pending(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_has_pending returns one if |ssl| has buffered, decrypted bytes available |
| // for read, or if |ssl| has buffered data from the transport that has not yet |
| // been decrypted. If |ssl| has neither, this function returns zero. |
| // |
| // In TLS, BoringSSL does not implement read-ahead, so this function returns one |
| // if and only if |SSL_pending| would return a non-zero value. In DTLS, it is |
| // possible for this function to return one while |SSL_pending| returns zero. |
| // For example, |SSL_read| may read a datagram with two records, decrypt the |
| // first, and leave the second buffered for a subsequent call to |SSL_read|. |
| // |
| // As a result, if this function returns one, the next call to |SSL_read| may |
| // still fail, read from the transport, or both. The buffered, undecrypted data |
| // may be invalid or incomplete. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_has_pending(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_write writes up to |num| bytes from |buf| into |ssl|. It implicitly runs |
| // any pending handshakes, including renegotiations when enabled. On success, it |
| // returns the number of bytes written. Otherwise, it returns <= 0. The caller |
| // should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. |
| // |
| // In TLS, a non-blocking |SSL_write| differs from non-blocking |write| in that |
| // a failed |SSL_write| still commits to the data passed in. When retrying, the |
| // caller must supply the original write buffer (or a larger one containing the |
| // original as a prefix). By default, retries will fail if they also do not |
| // reuse the same |buf| pointer. This may be relaxed with |
| // |SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER|, but the buffer contents still must be |
| // unchanged. |
| // |
| // By default, in TLS, |SSL_write| will not return success until all |num| bytes |
| // are written. This may be relaxed with |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE|. It |
| // allows |SSL_write| to complete with a partial result when only part of the |
| // input was written in a single record. |
| // |
| // In DTLS, neither |SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER| and |
| // |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE| do anything. The caller may retry with a |
| // different buffer freely. A single call to |SSL_write| only ever writes a |
| // single record in a single packet, so |num| must be at most |
| // |SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH|. |
| // |
| // TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF. |
| // https://crbug.com/466303. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_write(SSL *ssl, const void *buf, int num); |
| |
| // SSL_KEY_UPDATE_REQUESTED indicates that the peer should reply to a KeyUpdate |
| // message with its own, thus updating traffic secrets for both directions on |
| // the connection. |
| #define SSL_KEY_UPDATE_REQUESTED 1 |
| |
| // SSL_KEY_UPDATE_NOT_REQUESTED indicates that the peer should not reply with |
| // it's own KeyUpdate message. |
| #define SSL_KEY_UPDATE_NOT_REQUESTED 0 |
| |
| // SSL_key_update queues a TLS 1.3 KeyUpdate message to be sent on |ssl| |
| // if one is not already queued. The |request_type| argument must one of the |
| // |SSL_KEY_UPDATE_*| values. This function requires that |ssl| have completed a |
| // TLS >= 1.3 handshake. It returns one on success or zero on error. |
| // |
| // Note that this function does not _send_ the message itself. The next call to |
| // |SSL_write| will cause the message to be sent. |SSL_write| may be called with |
| // a zero length to flush a KeyUpdate message when no application data is |
| // pending. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_key_update(SSL *ssl, int request_type); |
| |
| // SSL_shutdown shuts down |ssl|. It runs in two stages. First, it sends |
| // close_notify and returns zero or one on success or -1 on failure. Zero |
| // indicates that close_notify was sent, but not received, and one additionally |
| // indicates that the peer's close_notify had already been received. |
| // |
| // To then wait for the peer's close_notify, run |SSL_shutdown| to completion a |
| // second time. This returns 1 on success and -1 on failure. Application data |
| // is considered a fatal error at this point. To process or discard it, read |
| // until close_notify with |SSL_read| instead. |
| // |
| // In both cases, on failure, pass the return value into |SSL_get_error| to |
| // determine how to proceed. |
| // |
| // Most callers should stop at the first stage. Reading for close_notify is |
| // primarily used for uncommon protocols where the underlying transport is |
| // reused after TLS completes. Additionally, DTLS uses an unordered transport |
| // and is unordered, so the second stage is a no-op in DTLS. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_shutdown(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown sets quiet shutdown on |ctx| to |mode|. If |
| // enabled, |SSL_shutdown| will not send a close_notify alert or wait for one |
| // from the peer. It will instead synchronously return one. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown returns whether quiet shutdown is enabled for |
| // |ctx|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_set_quiet_shutdown sets quiet shutdown on |ssl| to |mode|. If enabled, |
| // |SSL_shutdown| will not send a close_notify alert or wait for one from the |
| // peer. It will instead synchronously return one. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL *ssl, int mode); |
| |
| // SSL_get_quiet_shutdown returns whether quiet shutdown is enabled for |
| // |ssl|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_error returns a |SSL_ERROR_*| value for the most recent operation on |
| // |ssl|. It should be called after an operation failed to determine whether the |
| // error was fatal and, if not, when to retry. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_error(const SSL *ssl, int ret_code); |
| |
| // SSL_ERROR_NONE indicates the operation succeeded. |
| #define SSL_ERROR_NONE 0 |
| |
| // SSL_ERROR_SSL indicates the operation failed within the library. The caller |
| // may inspect the error queue (see |ERR_get_error|) for more information. |
| #define SSL_ERROR_SSL 1 |
| |
| // SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ indicates the operation failed attempting to read from |
| // the transport. The caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready |
| // for reading. |
| #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ 2 |
| |
| // SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE indicates the operation failed attempting to write to |
| // the transport. The caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready |
| // for writing. |
| #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE 3 |
| |
| // SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP indicates the operation failed in calling the |
| // |cert_cb| or |client_cert_cb|. The caller may retry the operation when the |
| // callback is ready to return a certificate or one has been configured |
| // externally. |
| // |
| // See also |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb|. |
| #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP 4 |
| |
| // SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL indicates the operation failed externally to the library. |
| // The caller should consult the system-specific error mechanism. This is |
| // typically |errno| but may be something custom if using a custom |BIO|. It |
| // may also be signaled if the transport returned EOF, in which case the |
| // operation's return value will be zero. |
| #define SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL 5 |
| |
| // SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN indicates the operation failed because the connection |
| // was cleanly shut down with a close_notify alert. |
| #define SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN 6 |
| |
| // SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT indicates the operation failed attempting to connect |
| // the transport (the |BIO| signaled |BIO_RR_CONNECT|). The caller may retry the |
| // operation when the transport is ready. |
| #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT 7 |
| |
| // SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT indicates the operation failed attempting to accept a |
| // connection from the transport (the |BIO| signaled |BIO_RR_ACCEPT|). The |
| // caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready. |
| // |
| // TODO(davidben): Remove this. It's used by accept BIOs which are bizarre. |
| #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT 8 |
| |
| // SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP is never used. |
| // |
| // TODO(davidben): Remove this. Some callers reference it when stringifying |
| // errors. They should use |SSL_error_description| instead. |
| #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP 9 |
| |
| // SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION indicates the operation failed because the session |
| // lookup callback indicated the session was unavailable. The caller may retry |
| // the operation when lookup has completed. |
| // |
| // See also |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb| and |SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr|. |
| #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION 11 |
| |
| // SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE indicates the operation failed because the |
| // early callback indicated certificate lookup was incomplete. The caller may |
| // retry the operation when lookup has completed. |
| // |
| // See also |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|. |
| #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE 12 |
| |
| // SSL_ERROR_WANT_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION indicates the operation failed because |
| // a private key operation was unfinished. The caller may retry the operation |
| // when the private key operation is complete. |
| // |
| // See also |SSL_set_private_key_method|, |SSL_CTX_set_private_key_method|, and |
| // |SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_private_key_method|. |
| #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION 13 |
| |
| // SSL_ERROR_PENDING_TICKET indicates that a ticket decryption is pending. The |
| // caller may retry the operation when the decryption is ready. |
| // |
| // See also |SSL_CTX_set_ticket_aead_method|. |
| #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_TICKET 14 |
| |
| // SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED indicates that early data was rejected. The |
| // caller should treat this as a connection failure and retry any operations |
| // associated with the rejected early data. |SSL_reset_early_data_reject| may be |
| // used to reuse the underlying connection for the retry. |
| #define SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED 15 |
| |
| // SSL_ERROR_WANT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY indicates the operation failed because |
| // certificate verification was incomplete. The caller may retry the operation |
| // when certificate verification is complete. |
| // |
| // See also |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|. |
| #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY 16 |
| |
| #define SSL_ERROR_HANDOFF 17 |
| #define SSL_ERROR_HANDBACK 18 |
| |
| // SSL_ERROR_WANT_RENEGOTIATE indicates the operation is pending a response to |
| // a renegotiation request from the server. The caller may call |
| // |SSL_renegotiate| to schedule a renegotiation and retry the operation. |
| // |
| // See also |ssl_renegotiate_explicit|. |
| #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_RENEGOTIATE 19 |
| |
| // SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY indicates the handshake has progressed enough |
| // for |SSL_serialize_handshake_hints| to be called. See also |
| // |SSL_request_handshake_hints|. |
| #define SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY 20 |
| |
| // SSL_error_description returns a string representation of |err|, where |err| |
| // is one of the |SSL_ERROR_*| constants returned by |SSL_get_error|, or NULL |
| // if the value is unrecognized. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_error_description(int err); |
| |
| // SSL_set_mtu sets the |ssl|'s MTU in DTLS to |mtu|. It returns one on success |
| // and zero on failure. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_mtu(SSL *ssl, unsigned mtu); |
| |
| // DTLSv1_set_initial_timeout_duration sets the initial duration for a DTLS |
| // handshake timeout. |
| // |
| // This duration overrides the default of 400 milliseconds, which is |
| // recommendation of RFC 9147 for real-time protocols. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void DTLSv1_set_initial_timeout_duration(SSL *ssl, |
| uint32_t duration_ms); |
| |
| // DTLSv1_get_timeout queries the running DTLS timers. If there are any in |
| // progress, it sets |*out| to the time remaining until the first timer expires |
| // and returns one. Otherwise, it returns zero. Timers may be scheduled both |
| // during and after the handshake. |
| // |
| // When the timeout expires, call |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| to handle the |
| // retransmit behavior. |
| // |
| // NOTE: This function must be queried again whenever the state machine changes, |
| // including when |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| is called. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int DTLSv1_get_timeout(const SSL *ssl, struct timeval *out); |
| |
| // DTLSv1_handle_timeout is called when a DTLS timeout expires. If no timeout |
| // had expired, it returns 0. Otherwise, it handles the timeout and returns 1 on |
| // success or -1 on error. |
| // |
| // This function may write to the transport (e.g. to retransmit messages) or |
| // update |ssl|'s internal state and schedule an updated timer. |
| // |
| // The caller's external timer should be compatible with the one |ssl| queries |
| // within some fudge factor. Otherwise, the call will be a no-op, but |
| // |DTLSv1_get_timeout| will return an updated timeout. |
| // |
| // If the function returns -1, checking if |SSL_get_error| returns |
| // |SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE| may be used to determine if the retransmit failed due |
| // to a non-fatal error at the write |BIO|. In this case, when the |BIO| is |
| // writable, the operation may be retried by calling the original function, |
| // |SSL_do_handshake| or |SSL_read|. |
| // |
| // WARNING: This function breaks the usual return value convention. |
| // |
| // TODO(davidben): We can make this function entirely optional by just checking |
| // the timers in |SSL_do_handshake| or |SSL_read|. Then timers behave like any |
| // other retry condition: rerun the operation and the library will make what |
| // progress it can. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int DTLSv1_handle_timeout(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| |
| // Protocol versions. |
| |
| #define DTLS1_VERSION_MAJOR 0xfe |
| #define SSL3_VERSION_MAJOR 0x03 |
| |
| #define SSL3_VERSION 0x0300 |
| #define TLS1_VERSION 0x0301 |
| #define TLS1_1_VERSION 0x0302 |
| #define TLS1_2_VERSION 0x0303 |
| #define TLS1_3_VERSION 0x0304 |
| |
| #define DTLS1_VERSION 0xfeff |
| #define DTLS1_2_VERSION 0xfefd |
| #define DTLS1_3_VERSION 0xfefc |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version sets the minimum protocol version for |ctx| to |
| // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default minimum version is used. It |
| // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| uint16_t version); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version sets the maximum protocol version for |ctx| to |
| // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default maximum version is used. It |
| // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| uint16_t version); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_min_proto_version returns the minimum protocol version for |ctx| |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CTX_get_min_proto_version(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_max_proto_version returns the maximum protocol version for |ctx| |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CTX_get_max_proto_version(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_set_min_proto_version sets the minimum protocol version for |ssl| to |
| // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default minimum version is used. It |
| // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_min_proto_version(SSL *ssl, uint16_t version); |
| |
| // SSL_set_max_proto_version sets the maximum protocol version for |ssl| to |
| // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default maximum version is used. It |
| // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_max_proto_version(SSL *ssl, uint16_t version); |
| |
| // SSL_get_min_proto_version returns the minimum protocol version for |ssl|. If |
| // the connection's configuration has been shed, 0 is returned. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_min_proto_version(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_max_proto_version returns the maximum protocol version for |ssl|. If |
| // the connection's configuration has been shed, 0 is returned. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_max_proto_version(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_version returns the TLS or DTLS protocol version used by |ssl|, which is |
| // one of the |*_VERSION| values. (E.g. |TLS1_2_VERSION|.) Before the version |
| // is negotiated, the result is undefined. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_version(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| |
| // Options. |
| // |
| // Options configure protocol behavior. |
| |
| // SSL_OP_NO_QUERY_MTU, in DTLS, disables querying the MTU from the underlying |
| // |BIO|. Instead, the MTU is configured with |SSL_set_mtu|. |
| #define SSL_OP_NO_QUERY_MTU 0x00001000L |
| |
| // SSL_OP_NO_TICKET disables session ticket support (RFC 5077). |
| #define SSL_OP_NO_TICKET 0x00004000L |
| |
| // SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE configures servers to select ciphers and |
| // ECDHE curves according to the server's preferences instead of the |
| // client's. |
| #define SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE 0x00400000L |
| |
| // The following flags toggle individual protocol versions. This is deprecated. |
| // Use |SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version| and |SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version| |
| // instead. |
| #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1 0x04000000L |
| #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2 0x08000000L |
| #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_1 0x10000000L |
| #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_3 0x20000000L |
| #define SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1 SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1 |
| #define SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1_2 SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2 |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_options enables all options set in |options| (which should be one |
| // or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a |
| // bitmask representing the resulting enabled options. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t options); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_clear_options disables all options set in |options| (which should be |
| // one or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a |
| // bitmask representing the resulting enabled options. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_clear_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t options); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_options returns a bitmask of |SSL_OP_*| values that represent all |
| // the options enabled for |ctx|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_options(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_set_options enables all options set in |options| (which should be one or |
| // more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask |
| // representing the resulting enabled options. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_set_options(SSL *ssl, uint32_t options); |
| |
| // SSL_clear_options disables all options set in |options| (which should be one |
| // or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a |
| // bitmask representing the resulting enabled options. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_clear_options(SSL *ssl, uint32_t options); |
| |
| // SSL_get_options returns a bitmask of |SSL_OP_*| values that represent all the |
| // options enabled for |ssl|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_get_options(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| |
| // Modes. |
| // |
| // Modes configure API behavior. |
| |
| // SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE, in TLS, allows |SSL_write| to complete with a |
| // partial result when the only part of the input was written in a single |
| // record. In DTLS, it does nothing. |
| #define SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE 0x00000001L |
| |
| // SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER, in TLS, allows retrying an incomplete |
| // |SSL_write| with a different buffer. However, |SSL_write| still assumes the |
| // buffer contents are unchanged. This is not the default to avoid the |
| // misconception that non-blocking |SSL_write| behaves like non-blocking |
| // |write|. In DTLS, it does nothing. |
| #define SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER 0x00000002L |
| |
| // SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN disables automatically building a certificate chain |
| // before sending certificates to the peer. This flag is set (and the feature |
| // disabled) by default. |
| // TODO(davidben): Remove this behavior. https://crbug.com/boringssl/42. |
| #define SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN 0x00000008L |
| |
| // SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START allows clients to send application data before |
| // receipt of ChangeCipherSpec and Finished. This mode enables full handshakes |
| // to 'complete' in one RTT. See RFC 7918. |
| // |
| // When False Start is enabled, |SSL_do_handshake| may succeed before the |
| // handshake has completely finished. |SSL_write| will function at this point, |
| // and |SSL_read| will transparently wait for the final handshake leg before |
| // returning application data. To determine if False Start occurred or when the |
| // handshake is completely finished, see |SSL_in_false_start|, |SSL_in_init|, |
| // and |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE| from |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. |
| #define SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START 0x00000080L |
| |
| // SSL_MODE_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING causes multi-byte CBC records in TLS 1.0 to be |
| // split in two: the first record will contain a single byte and the second will |
| // contain the remainder. This effectively randomises the IV and prevents BEAST |
| // attacks. |
| #define SSL_MODE_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING 0x00000100L |
| |
| // SSL_MODE_NO_SESSION_CREATION will cause any attempts to create a session to |
| // fail with SSL_R_SESSION_MAY_NOT_BE_CREATED. This can be used to enforce that |
| // session resumption is used for a given SSL*. |
| #define SSL_MODE_NO_SESSION_CREATION 0x00000200L |
| |
| // SSL_MODE_SEND_FALLBACK_SCSV sends TLS_FALLBACK_SCSV in the ClientHello. |
| // To be set only by applications that reconnect with a downgraded protocol |
| // version; see RFC 7507 for details. |
| // |
| // DO NOT ENABLE THIS if your application attempts a normal handshake. Only use |
| // this in explicit fallback retries, following the guidance in RFC 7507. |
| #define SSL_MODE_SEND_FALLBACK_SCSV 0x00000400L |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_mode enables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more |
| // of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a bitmask |
| // representing the resulting enabled modes. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t mode); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_clear_mode disables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or |
| // more of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a |
| // bitmask representing the resulting enabled modes. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_clear_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t mode); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_mode returns a bitmask of |SSL_MODE_*| values that represent all |
| // the modes enabled for |ssl|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_set_mode enables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more of |
| // the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask |
| // representing the resulting enabled modes. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_set_mode(SSL *ssl, uint32_t mode); |
| |
| // SSL_clear_mode disables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more |
| // of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask |
| // representing the resulting enabled modes. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_clear_mode(SSL *ssl, uint32_t mode); |
| |
| // SSL_get_mode returns a bitmask of |SSL_MODE_*| values that represent all the |
| // modes enabled for |ssl|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_get_mode(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set0_buffer_pool sets a |CRYPTO_BUFFER_POOL| that will be used to |
| // store certificates. This can allow multiple connections to share |
| // certificates and thus save memory. |
| // |
| // The SSL_CTX does not take ownership of |pool| and the caller must ensure |
| // that |pool| outlives |ctx| and all objects linked to it, including |SSL|, |
| // |X509| and |SSL_SESSION| objects. Basically, don't ever free |pool|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set0_buffer_pool(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| CRYPTO_BUFFER_POOL *pool); |
| |
| |
| // Credentials. |
| // |
| // TLS endpoints may present authentication during the handshake, usually using |
| // X.509 certificates. This is typically required for servers and optional for |
| // clients. BoringSSL uses the |SSL_CREDENTIAL| object to abstract between |
| // different kinds of credentials, as well as configure automatic selection |
| // between multiple credentials. This may be used to select between ECDSA and |
| // RSA certificates. |
| // |
| // |SSL_CTX| and |SSL| objects maintain lists of credentials in preference |
| // order. During the handshake, BoringSSL will select the first usable |
| // credential from the list. Non-credential APIs, such as |
| // |SSL_CTX_use_certificate|, configure a "legacy credential", which is |
| // appended to this list if configured. Using the legacy credential is the same |
| // as configuring an equivalent credential with the |SSL_CREDENTIAL| API. |
| // |
| // When selecting credentials, BoringSSL considers the credential's type, its |
| // cryptographic capabilities, and capabilities advertised by the peer. This |
| // varies between TLS versions but includes: |
| // |
| // - Whether the peer supports the leaf certificate key |
| // - Whether there is a common signature algorithm that is compatible with the |
| // credential |
| // - Whether there is a common cipher suite that is compatible with the |
| // credential |
| // |
| // WARNING: In TLS 1.2 and below, there is no mechanism for servers to advertise |
| // supported ECDSA curves to the client. BoringSSL clients will assume the |
| // server accepts all ECDSA curves in client certificates. |
| // |
| // By default, BoringSSL does not check the following, though we may add APIs |
| // in the future to enable them on a per-credential basis. |
| // |
| // - Whether the peer supports the signature algorithms in the certificate chain |
| // - Whether the a server certificate is compatible with the server_name |
| // extension (SNI) |
| // - Whether the peer supports the certificate authority that issued the |
| // certificate |
| // |
| // Credentials may be configured before the handshake or dynamically in the |
| // early callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|) and certificate |
| // callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb|). These callbacks allow applications to |
| // use BoringSSL's built-in selection logic in tandem with custom logic. For |
| // example, a callback could evaluate application-specific SNI rules to filter |
| // down to an ECDSA and RSA credential, then configure both for BoringSSL to |
| // select between the two. |
| |
| // SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_x509 returns a new, empty X.509 credential, or NULL on |
| // error. Callers should release the result with |SSL_CREDENTIAL_free| when |
| // done. |
| // |
| // Callers should configure a certificate chain and private key on the |
| // credential, along with other properties, then add it with |
| // |SSL_CTX_add1_credential|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CREDENTIAL *SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_x509(void); |
| |
| // SSL_CREDENTIAL_up_ref increments the reference count of |cred|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CREDENTIAL_up_ref(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred); |
| |
| // SSL_CREDENTIAL_free decrements the reference count of |cred|. If it reaches |
| // zero, all data referenced by |cred| and |cred| itself are released. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CREDENTIAL_free(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred); |
| |
| // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_private_key sets |cred|'s private key to |cred|. It |
| // returns one on success and zero on failure. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_private_key(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, |
| EVP_PKEY *key); |
| |
| // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signing_algorithm_prefs configures |cred| to use |prefs| |
| // as the preference list when signing with |cred|'s private key. It returns one |
| // on success and zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only |
| // value |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|. |
| // |
| // It is an error to call this function with delegated credentials (see |
| // |SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated|) because delegated credentials already |
| // constrain the key to a single algorithm. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signing_algorithm_prefs( |
| SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, const uint16_t *prefs, size_t num_prefs); |
| |
| // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_cert_chain sets |cred|'s certificate chain, starting from |
| // the leaf, to |num_cert|s certificates from |certs|. It returns one on success |
| // and zero on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_cert_chain(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, |
| CRYPTO_BUFFER *const *certs, |
| size_t num_certs); |
| |
| // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_ocsp_response sets |cred|'s stapled OCSP response to |
| // |ocsp|. It returns one on success and zero on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_ocsp_response(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, |
| CRYPTO_BUFFER *ocsp); |
| |
| // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets |cred|'s list of signed |
| // certificate timestamps |sct_list|. |sct_list| must contain one or more SCT |
| // structures serialised as a SignedCertificateTimestampList (see |
| // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3) – i.e. each SCT is prefixed |
| // by a big-endian, uint16 length and the concatenation of one or more such |
| // prefixed SCTs are themselves also prefixed by a uint16 length. It returns one |
| // on success and zero on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signed_cert_timestamp_list( |
| SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, CRYPTO_BUFFER *sct_list); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_add1_credential appends |cred| to |ctx|'s credential list. It returns |
| // one on success and zero on error. The credential list is maintained in order |
| // of decreasing preference, so earlier calls are preferred over later calls. |
| // |
| // After calling this function, it is an error to modify |cred|. Doing so may |
| // result in inconsistent handshake behavior or race conditions. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add1_credential(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred); |
| |
| // SSL_add1_credential appends |cred| to |ssl|'s credential list. It returns one |
| // on success and zero on error. The credential list is maintained in order of |
| // decreasing preference, so earlier calls are preferred over later calls. |
| // |
| // After calling this function, it is an error to modify |cred|. Doing so may |
| // result in inconsistent handshake behavior or race conditions. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add1_credential(SSL *ssl, SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred); |
| |
| // SSL_certs_clear removes all credentials configured on |ssl|. It also removes |
| // the certificate chain and private key on the legacy credential. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_certs_clear(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get0_selected_credential returns the credential in use in the current |
| // handshake on |ssl|. If there is current handshake on |ssl| or if the |
| // handshake has not progressed to this point, it returns NULL. |
| // |
| // This function is intended for use with |SSL_CREDENTIAL_get_ex_data|. It may |
| // be called from handshake callbacks, such as those in |
| // |SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD|, to trigger credential-specific behavior. |
| // |
| // In applications that use the older APIs, such as |SSL_use_certificate|, this |
| // function may return an internal |SSL_CREDENTIAL| object. This internal object |
| // will have no ex_data installed. To avoid this, it is recommended that callers |
| // moving to |SSL_CREDENTIAL| use the new APIs consistently. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CREDENTIAL *SSL_get0_selected_credential( |
| const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| |
| // Configuring certificates and private keys. |
| // |
| // These functions configure the connection's leaf certificate, private key, and |
| // certificate chain. The certificate chain is ordered leaf to root (as sent on |
| // the wire) but does not include the leaf. Both client and server certificates |
| // use these functions. |
| // |
| // Prefer to configure the certificate before the private key. If configured in |
| // the other order, inconsistent private keys will be silently dropped, rather |
| // than return an error. Additionally, overwriting a previously-configured |
| // certificate and key pair only works if the certificate is configured first. |
| // |
| // Each of these functions configures the single "legacy credential" on the |
| // |SSL_CTX| or |SSL|. To select between multiple certificates, use |
| // |SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_x509| and other APIs to configure a list of credentials. |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_use_certificate sets |ctx|'s leaf certificate to |x509|. It returns |
| // one on success and zero on failure. If |ctx| has a private key which is |
| // inconsistent with |x509|, the private key is silently dropped. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); |
| |
| // SSL_use_certificate sets |ssl|'s leaf certificate to |x509|. It returns one |
| // on success and zero on failure. If |ssl| has a private key which is |
| // inconsistent with |x509|, the private key is silently dropped. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |pkey|. It returns one on |
| // success and zero on failure. If |ctx| had a private key or |
| // |SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD| previously configured, it is replaced. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY *pkey); |
| |
| // SSL_use_PrivateKey sets |ssl|'s private key to |pkey|. It returns one on |
| // success and zero on failure. If |ssl| had a private key or |
| // |SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD| previously configured, it is replaced. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY *pkey); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set0_chain sets |ctx|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to |
| // |chain|. On success, it returns one and takes ownership of |chain|. |
| // Otherwise, it returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set0_chain(SSL_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set1_chain sets |ctx|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to |
| // |chain|. It returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains |
| // ownership of |chain| and may release it freely. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_chain(SSL_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); |
| |
| // SSL_set0_chain sets |ssl|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to |
| // |chain|. On success, it returns one and takes ownership of |chain|. |
| // Otherwise, it returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set0_chain(SSL *ssl, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); |
| |
| // SSL_set1_chain sets |ssl|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to |
| // |chain|. It returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains |
| // ownership of |chain| and may release it freely. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_chain(SSL *ssl, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. On |
| // success, it returns one and takes ownership of |x509|. Otherwise, it returns |
| // zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. It |
| // returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |
| // |x509| and may release it freely. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); |
| |
| // SSL_add0_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. On success, |
| // it returns one and takes ownership of |x509|. Otherwise, it returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add0_chain_cert(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert calls |SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); |
| |
| // SSL_add1_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. It returns |
| // one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |x509| |
| // and may release it freely. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add1_chain_cert(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs clears |ctx|'s certificate chain and returns |
| // one. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs calls |SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_clear_chain_certs clears |ssl|'s certificate chain and returns one. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_clear_chain_certs(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb sets a callback that is called to select a certificate. |
| // The callback returns one on success, zero on internal error, and a negative |
| // number on failure or to pause the handshake. If the handshake is paused, |
| // |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|. |
| // |
| // On the client, the callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and |
| // |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate |
| // request. |
| // |
| // On the server, the callback will be called after extensions have been |
| // processed, but before the resumption decision has been made. This differs |
| // from OpenSSL which handles resumption before selecting the certificate. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, void *arg), |
| void *arg); |
| |
| // SSL_set_cert_cb sets a callback that is called to select a certificate. The |
| // callback returns one on success, zero on internal error, and a negative |
| // number on failure or to pause the handshake. If the handshake is paused, |
| // |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|. |
| // |
| // On the client, the callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and |
| // |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate |
| // request. |
| // |
| // On the server, the callback will be called after extensions have been |
| // processed, but before the resumption decision has been made. This differs |
| // from OpenSSL which handles resumption before selecting the certificate. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_cert_cb(SSL *ssl, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, void *arg), |
| void *arg); |
| |
| // SSL_get0_certificate_types, for a client, sets |*out_types| to an array |
| // containing the client certificate types requested by a server. It returns the |
| // length of the array. Note this list is always empty in TLS 1.3. The server |
| // will instead send signature algorithms. See |
| // |SSL_get0_peer_verify_algorithms|. |
| // |
| // The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by |
| // by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the |
| // handshake is paused because of them. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get0_certificate_types(const SSL *ssl, |
| const uint8_t **out_types); |
| |
| // SSL_get0_peer_verify_algorithms sets |*out_sigalgs| to an array containing |
| // the signature algorithms the peer is able to verify. It returns the length of |
| // the array. Note these values are only sent starting TLS 1.2 and only |
| // mandatory starting TLS 1.3. If not sent, the empty array is returned. For the |
| // historical client certificate types list, see |SSL_get0_certificate_types|. |
| // |
| // The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by |
| // by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the |
| // handshake is paused because of them. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t |
| SSL_get0_peer_verify_algorithms(const SSL *ssl, const uint16_t **out_sigalgs); |
| |
| // SSL_get0_peer_delegation_algorithms sets |*out_sigalgs| to an array |
| // containing the signature algorithms the peer is willing to use with delegated |
| // credentials. It returns the length of the array. If not sent, the empty |
| // array is returned. |
| // |
| // The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by |
| // by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the |
| // handshake is paused because of them. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get0_peer_delegation_algorithms( |
| const SSL *ssl, const uint16_t **out_sigalgs); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get0_certificate returns |ctx|'s leaf certificate. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_CTX_get0_certificate(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_get_certificate returns |ssl|'s leaf certificate. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_get_certificate(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get0_privatekey returns |ctx|'s private key. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT EVP_PKEY *SSL_CTX_get0_privatekey(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_get_privatekey returns |ssl|'s private key. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT EVP_PKEY *SSL_get_privatekey(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs sets |*out_chain| to |ctx|'s certificate chain and |
| // returns one. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs(const SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs calls |SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs(const SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain); |
| |
| // SSL_get0_chain_certs sets |*out_chain| to |ssl|'s certificate chain and |
| // returns one. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get0_chain_certs(const SSL *ssl, |
| STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets the list of signed certificate |
| // timestamps that is sent to clients that request it. The |list| argument must |
| // contain one or more SCT structures serialised as a SignedCertificateTimestamp |
| // List (see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3) – i.e. each SCT |
| // is prefixed by a big-endian, uint16 length and the concatenation of one or |
| // more such prefixed SCTs are themselves also prefixed by a uint16 length. It |
| // returns one on success and zero on error. The caller retains ownership of |
| // |list|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| const uint8_t *list, |
| size_t list_len); |
| |
| // SSL_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets the list of signed certificate |
| // timestamps that is sent to clients that request is. The same format as the |
| // one used for |SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list| applies. The caller |
| // retains ownership of |list|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list(SSL *ctx, |
| const uint8_t *list, |
| size_t list_len); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_ocsp_response sets the OCSP response that is sent to clients |
| // which request it. It returns one on success and zero on error. The caller |
| // retains ownership of |response|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_ocsp_response(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| const uint8_t *response, |
| size_t response_len); |
| |
| // SSL_set_ocsp_response sets the OCSP response that is sent to clients which |
| // request it. It returns one on success and zero on error. The caller retains |
| // ownership of |response|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_ocsp_response(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *response, |
| size_t response_len); |
| |
| // SSL_SIGN_* are signature algorithm values as defined in TLS 1.3. |
| #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA1 0x0201 |
| #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA256 0x0401 |
| #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA384 0x0501 |
| #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA512 0x0601 |
| #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SHA1 0x0203 |
| #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP256R1_SHA256 0x0403 |
| #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP384R1_SHA384 0x0503 |
| #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP521R1_SHA512 0x0603 |
| #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA256 0x0804 |
| #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA384 0x0805 |
| #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA512 0x0806 |
| #define SSL_SIGN_ED25519 0x0807 |
| |
| // SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA256_LEGACY is a backport of RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5 with |
| // SHA-256 to TLS 1.3. It is disabled by default and only defined for client |
| // certificates. |
| #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA256_LEGACY 0x0420 |
| |
| // SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1 is an internal signature algorithm used to |
| // specify raw RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5 with an MD5/SHA-1 concatenation, as used in TLS |
| // before TLS 1.2. |
| #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1 0xff01 |
| |
| // SSL_get_signature_algorithm_name returns a human-readable name for |sigalg|, |
| // or NULL if unknown. If |include_curve| is one, the curve for ECDSA algorithms |
| // is included as in TLS 1.3. Otherwise, it is excluded as in TLS 1.2. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_signature_algorithm_name(uint16_t sigalg, |
| int include_curve); |
| |
| // SSL_get_all_signature_algorithm_names outputs a list of possible strings |
| // |SSL_get_signature_algorithm_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. |
| // It writes at most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it |
| // would have written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be |
| // initially set to zero to size the output. |
| // |
| // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want |
| // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list |
| // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain |
| // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every |
| // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this |
| // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_signature_algorithm_names(const char **out, |
| size_t max_out); |
| |
| // SSL_get_signature_algorithm_key_type returns the key type associated with |
| // |sigalg| as an |EVP_PKEY_*| constant or |EVP_PKEY_NONE| if unknown. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_signature_algorithm_key_type(uint16_t sigalg); |
| |
| // SSL_get_signature_algorithm_digest returns the digest function associated |
| // with |sigalg| or |NULL| if |sigalg| has no prehash (Ed25519) or is unknown. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const EVP_MD *SSL_get_signature_algorithm_digest( |
| uint16_t sigalg); |
| |
| // SSL_is_signature_algorithm_rsa_pss returns one if |sigalg| is an RSA-PSS |
| // signature algorithm and zero otherwise. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_signature_algorithm_rsa_pss(uint16_t sigalg); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs configures |ctx| to use |prefs| as the |
| // preference list when signing with |ctx|'s private key. It returns one on |
| // success and zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only value |
| // |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| const uint16_t *prefs, |
| size_t num_prefs); |
| |
| // SSL_set_signing_algorithm_prefs configures |ssl| to use |prefs| as the |
| // preference list when signing with |ssl|'s private key. It returns one on |
| // success and zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only value |
| // |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_signing_algorithm_prefs(SSL *ssl, |
| const uint16_t *prefs, |
| size_t num_prefs); |
| |
| |
| // Certificate and private key convenience functions. |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_chain_and_key sets the certificate chain and private key for a |
| // TLS client or server. References to the given |CRYPTO_BUFFER| and |EVP_PKEY| |
| // objects are added as needed. Exactly one of |privkey| or |privkey_method| |
| // may be non-NULL. Returns one on success and zero on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_chain_and_key( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, CRYPTO_BUFFER *const *certs, size_t num_certs, |
| EVP_PKEY *privkey, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *privkey_method); |
| |
| // SSL_set_chain_and_key sets the certificate chain and private key for a TLS |
| // client or server. References to the given |CRYPTO_BUFFER| and |EVP_PKEY| |
| // objects are added as needed. Exactly one of |privkey| or |privkey_method| |
| // may be non-NULL. Returns one on success and zero on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_chain_and_key( |
| SSL *ssl, CRYPTO_BUFFER *const *certs, size_t num_certs, EVP_PKEY *privkey, |
| const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *privkey_method); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get0_chain returns the list of |CRYPTO_BUFFER|s that were set by |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_chain_and_key|. Reference counts are not incremented by this |
| // call. The return value may be |NULL| if no chain has been set. |
| // |
| // (Note: if a chain was configured by non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER|-based functions then |
| // the return value is undefined and, even if not NULL, the stack itself may |
| // contain nullptrs. Thus you shouldn't mix this function with |
| // non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER| functions for manipulating the chain.) |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *SSL_CTX_get0_chain( |
| const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_get0_chain returns the list of |CRYPTO_BUFFER|s that were set by |
| // |SSL_set_chain_and_key|, unless they have been discarded. Reference counts |
| // are not incremented by this call. The return value may be |NULL| if no chain |
| // has been set. |
| // |
| // (Note: if a chain was configured by non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER|-based functions then |
| // the return value is undefined and, even if not NULL, the stack itself may |
| // contain nullptrs. Thus you shouldn't mix this function with |
| // non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER| functions for manipulating the chain.) |
| // |
| // This function may return nullptr if a handshake has completed even if |
| // |SSL_set_chain_and_key| was previously called, since the configuration |
| // containing the certificates is typically cleared after handshake completion. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *SSL_get0_chain(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |rsa|. It returns one |
| // on success and zero on failure. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, RSA *rsa); |
| |
| // SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |rsa|. It returns one on |
| // success and zero on failure. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL *ssl, RSA *rsa); |
| |
| // The following functions configure certificates or private keys but take as |
| // input DER-encoded structures. They return one on success and zero on |
| // failure. |
| |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t der_len, |
| const uint8_t *der); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *der, |
| size_t der_len); |
| |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int pk, SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| const uint8_t *der, |
| size_t der_len); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int type, SSL *ssl, |
| const uint8_t *der, size_t der_len); |
| |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| const uint8_t *der, |
| size_t der_len); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *der, |
| size_t der_len); |
| |
| // The following functions configure certificates or private keys but take as |
| // input files to read from. They return one on success and zero on failure. The |
| // |type| parameter is one of the |SSL_FILETYPE_*| values and determines whether |
| // the file's contents are read as PEM or DER. |
| |
| #define SSL_FILETYPE_PEM 1 |
| #define SSL_FILETYPE_ASN1 2 |
| |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| const char *file, int type); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, |
| int type); |
| |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file, |
| int type); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, |
| int type); |
| |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file, |
| int type); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, |
| int type); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file configures certificates for |ctx|. It |
| // reads the contents of |file| as a PEM-encoded leaf certificate followed |
| // optionally by the certificate chain to send to the peer. It returns one on |
| // success and zero on failure. |
| // |
| // WARNING: If the input contains "TRUSTED CERTIFICATE" PEM blocks, this |
| // function parses auxiliary properties as in |d2i_X509_AUX|. Passing untrusted |
| // input to this function allows an attacker to influence those properties. See |
| // |d2i_X509_AUX| for details. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| const char *file); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb sets the password callback for PEM-based |
| // convenience functions called on |ctx|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| pem_password_cb *cb); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb returns the callback set by |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT pem_password_cb *SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb( |
| const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata sets the userdata parameter for |
| // |ctx|'s password callback. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| void *data); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb_userdata returns the userdata parameter set by |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb_userdata(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| |
| // Custom private keys. |
| |
| enum ssl_private_key_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { |
| ssl_private_key_success, |
| ssl_private_key_retry, |
| ssl_private_key_failure, |
| }; |
| |
| // ssl_private_key_method_st (aka |SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD|) describes private |
| // key hooks. This is used to off-load signing operations to a custom, |
| // potentially asynchronous, backend. Metadata about the key such as the type |
| // and size are parsed out of the certificate. |
| struct ssl_private_key_method_st { |
| // sign signs the message |in| in using the specified signature algorithm. On |
| // success, it returns |ssl_private_key_success| and writes at most |max_out| |
| // bytes of signature data to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the number of bytes |
| // written. On failure, it returns |ssl_private_key_failure|. If the operation |
| // has not completed, it returns |ssl_private_key_retry|. |sign| should |
| // arrange for the high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the |
| // operation is completed. This will result in a call to |complete|. |
| // |
| // |signature_algorithm| is one of the |SSL_SIGN_*| values, as defined in TLS |
| // 1.3. Note that, in TLS 1.2, ECDSA algorithms do not require that curve |
| // sizes match hash sizes, so the curve portion of |SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_*| values |
| // must be ignored. BoringSSL will internally handle the curve matching logic |
| // where appropriate. |
| // |
| // It is an error to call |sign| while another private key operation is in |
| // progress on |ssl|. |
| enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*sign)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len, |
| size_t max_out, |
| uint16_t signature_algorithm, |
| const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); |
| |
| // decrypt decrypts |in_len| bytes of encrypted data from |in|. On success it |
| // returns |ssl_private_key_success|, writes at most |max_out| bytes of |
| // decrypted data to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the actual number of bytes |
| // written. On failure it returns |ssl_private_key_failure|. If the operation |
| // has not completed, it returns |ssl_private_key_retry|. The caller should |
| // arrange for the high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the |
| // operation is completed, which will result in a call to |complete|. This |
| // function only works with RSA keys and should perform a raw RSA decryption |
| // operation with no padding. |
| // |
| // It is an error to call |decrypt| while another private key operation is in |
| // progress on |ssl|. |
| enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*decrypt)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, |
| size_t *out_len, size_t max_out, |
| const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); |
| |
| // complete completes a pending operation. If the operation has completed, it |
| // returns |ssl_private_key_success| and writes the result to |out| as in |
| // |sign|. Otherwise, it returns |ssl_private_key_failure| on failure and |
| // |ssl_private_key_retry| if the operation is still in progress. |
| // |
| // |complete| may be called arbitrarily many times before completion, but it |
| // is an error to call |complete| if there is no pending operation in progress |
| // on |ssl|. |
| enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*complete)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, |
| size_t *out_len, size_t max_out); |
| }; |
| |
| // SSL_set_private_key_method configures a custom private key on |ssl|. |
| // |key_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ssl|. |
| // |
| // If using an RSA or ECDSA key, callers should configure signing capabilities |
| // with |SSL_set_signing_algorithm_prefs|. Otherwise, BoringSSL may select a |
| // signature algorithm that |key_method| does not support. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_private_key_method( |
| SSL *ssl, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_private_key_method configures a custom private key on |ctx|. |
| // |key_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ctx|. |
| // |
| // If using an RSA or ECDSA key, callers should configure signing capabilities |
| // with |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs|. Otherwise, BoringSSL may select a |
| // signature algorithm that |key_method| does not support. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_private_key_method( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method); |
| |
| // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_private_key_method configures a custom private key on |
| // |cred|. |key_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |cred|. It returns |
| // one on success and zero if |cred| does not use private keys. |
| // |
| // If using an RSA or ECDSA key, callers should configure signing capabilities |
| // with |SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signing_algorithm_prefs|. Otherwise, BoringSSL may |
| // select a signature algorithm that |key_method| does not support. This is not |
| // necessary for delegated credentials (see |SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated|) |
| // because delegated credentials only support a single signature algorithm. |
| // |
| // Functions in |key_method| will be passed an |SSL| object, but not |cred| |
| // directly. Use |SSL_get0_selected_credential| to determine the selected |
| // credential. From there, |SSL_CREDENTIAL_get_ex_data| can be used to look up |
| // credential-specific state, such as a handle to the private key. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_private_key_method( |
| SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method); |
| |
| // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_must_match_issuer sets the flag that this credential |
| // should be considered only when it matches a peer request for a particular |
| // issuer via a negotiation mechanism (such as the certificate_authorities |
| // extension). |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_must_match_issuer(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred); |
| |
| // SSL_CREDENTIAL_clear_must_match_issuer clears the flag requiring issuer |
| // matching, indicating this credential should be considered regardless of peer |
| // issuer matching requests. (This is the default). |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CREDENTIAL_clear_must_match_issuer( |
| SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred); |
| |
| // SSL_CREDENTIAL_must_match_issuer returns the value of the flag indicating |
| // that this credential should be considered only when it matches a peer request |
| // for a particular issuer via a negotiation mechanism (such as the |
| // certificate_authorities extension). |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_must_match_issuer(const SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred); |
| |
| // SSL_can_release_private_key returns one if |ssl| will no longer call into the |
| // private key and zero otherwise. If the function returns one, the caller can |
| // release state associated with the private key. |
| // |
| // NOTE: This function assumes the caller does not use |SSL_clear| to reuse |
| // |ssl| for a second connection. If |SSL_clear| is used, BoringSSL may still |
| // use the private key on the second connection. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_can_release_private_key(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| |
| // Cipher suites. |
| // |
| // |SSL_CIPHER| objects represent cipher suites. |
| |
| DEFINE_CONST_STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) |
| |
| // SSL_get_cipher_by_value returns the structure representing a TLS cipher |
| // suite based on its assigned number, or NULL if unknown. See |
| // https://www.iana.org/assignments/tls-parameters/tls-parameters.xhtml#tls-parameters-4. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_cipher_by_value(uint16_t value); |
| |
| // SSL_CIPHER_get_id returns |cipher|'s non-IANA id. This is not its |
| // IANA-assigned number, which is called the "value" here, although it may be |
| // cast to a |uint16_t| to get it. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CIPHER_get_id(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| |
| // SSL_CIPHER_get_protocol_id returns |cipher|'s IANA-assigned number. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CIPHER_get_protocol_id(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| |
| // SSL_CIPHER_is_aead returns one if |cipher| uses an AEAD cipher. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_aead(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| |
| // SSL_CIPHER_is_block_cipher returns one if |cipher| is a block cipher. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_block_cipher(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| |
| // SSL_CIPHER_get_cipher_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s bulk |
| // cipher. Possible values are |NID_aes_128_gcm|, |NID_aes_256_gcm|, |
| // |NID_chacha20_poly1305|, |NID_aes_128_cbc|, |NID_aes_256_cbc|, and |
| // |NID_des_ede3_cbc|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_cipher_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| |
| // SSL_CIPHER_get_digest_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s HMAC if it is a |
| // legacy cipher suite. For modern AEAD-based ciphers (see |
| // |SSL_CIPHER_is_aead|), it returns |NID_undef|. |
| // |
| // Note this function only returns the legacy HMAC digest, not the PRF hash. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_digest_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| |
| // SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s key exchange. This may |
| // be |NID_kx_rsa|, |NID_kx_ecdhe|, or |NID_kx_psk| for TLS 1.2. In TLS 1.3, |
| // cipher suites do not specify the key exchange, so this function returns |
| // |NID_kx_any|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| |
| // SSL_CIPHER_get_auth_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s authentication |
| // type. This may be |NID_auth_rsa|, |NID_auth_ecdsa|, or |NID_auth_psk| for TLS |
| // 1.2. In TLS 1.3, cipher suites do not specify authentication, so this |
| // function returns |NID_auth_any|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_auth_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| |
| // SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest returns |cipher|'s PRF hash. If |cipher| |
| // is a pre-TLS-1.2 cipher, it returns |EVP_md5_sha1| but note these ciphers use |
| // SHA-256 in TLS 1.2. Other return values may be treated uniformly in all |
| // applicable versions. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const EVP_MD *SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest( |
| const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| |
| // SSL_CIPHER_get_prf_nid behaves like |SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest| but |
| // returns the NID constant. Use |SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest| instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_prf_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| |
| // SSL_CIPHER_get_min_version returns the minimum protocol version required |
| // for |cipher|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CIPHER_get_min_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| |
| // SSL_CIPHER_get_max_version returns the maximum protocol version that |
| // supports |cipher|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CIPHER_get_max_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| |
| // SSL_CIPHER_standard_name returns the standard IETF name for |cipher|. For |
| // example, "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256". |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_standard_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| |
| // SSL_CIPHER_get_name returns the OpenSSL name of |cipher|. For example, |
| // "ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256". Callers are recommended to use |
| // |SSL_CIPHER_standard_name| instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| |
| // SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_name returns a string that describes the key-exchange |
| // method used by |cipher|. For example, "ECDHE_ECDSA". TLS 1.3 AEAD-only |
| // ciphers return the string "GENERIC". |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| |
| // SSL_CIPHER_get_bits returns the strength, in bits, of |cipher|. If |
| // |out_alg_bits| is not NULL, it writes the number of bits consumed by the |
| // symmetric algorithm to |*out_alg_bits|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, |
| int *out_alg_bits); |
| |
| // SSL_get_all_cipher_names outputs a list of possible strings |
| // |SSL_CIPHER_get_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes at |
| // most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have |
| // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set |
| // to zero to size the output. |
| // |
| // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want |
| // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list |
| // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain |
| // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every |
| // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this |
| // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_cipher_names(const char **out, |
| size_t max_out); |
| |
| |
| // SSL_get_all_standard_cipher_names outputs a list of possible strings |
| // |SSL_CIPHER_standard_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes |
| // at most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have |
| // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set |
| // to zero to size the output. |
| // |
| // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want |
| // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list |
| // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain |
| // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every |
| // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this |
| // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_standard_cipher_names(const char **out, |
| size_t max_out); |
| |
| |
| // Cipher suite configuration. |
| // |
| // OpenSSL uses a mini-language to configure cipher suites. The language |
| // maintains an ordered list of enabled ciphers, along with an ordered list of |
| // disabled but available ciphers. Initially, all ciphers are disabled with a |
| // default ordering. The cipher string is then interpreted as a sequence of |
| // directives, separated by colons, each of which modifies this state. |
| // |
| // Most directives consist of a one character or empty opcode followed by a |
| // selector which matches a subset of available ciphers. |
| // |
| // Available opcodes are: |
| // |
| // - The empty opcode enables and appends all matching disabled ciphers to the |
| // end of the enabled list. The newly appended ciphers are ordered relative to |
| // each other matching their order in the disabled list. |
| // |
| // - |-| disables all matching enabled ciphers and prepends them to the disabled |
| // list, with relative order from the enabled list preserved. This means the |
| // most recently disabled ciphers get highest preference relative to other |
| // disabled ciphers if re-enabled. |
| // |
| // - |+| moves all matching enabled ciphers to the end of the enabled list, with |
| // relative order preserved. |
| // |
| // - |!| deletes all matching ciphers, enabled or not, from either list. Deleted |
| // ciphers will not matched by future operations. |
| // |
| // A selector may be a specific cipher (using either the standard or OpenSSL |
| // name for the cipher) or one or more rules separated by |+|. The final |
| // selector matches the intersection of each rule. For instance, |AESGCM+aECDSA| |
| // matches ECDSA-authenticated AES-GCM ciphers. |
| // |
| // Available cipher rules are: |
| // |
| // - |ALL| matches all ciphers, except for deprecated ciphers which must be |
| // named explicitly. |
| // |
| // - |kRSA|, |kDHE|, |kECDHE|, and |kPSK| match ciphers using plain RSA, DHE, |
| // ECDHE, and plain PSK key exchanges, respectively. Note that ECDHE_PSK is |
| // matched by |kECDHE| and not |kPSK|. |
| // |
| // - |aRSA|, |aECDSA|, and |aPSK| match ciphers authenticated by RSA, ECDSA, and |
| // a pre-shared key, respectively. |
| // |
| // - |RSA|, |DHE|, |ECDHE|, |PSK|, |ECDSA|, and |PSK| are aliases for the |
| // corresponding |k*| or |a*| cipher rule. |RSA| is an alias for |kRSA|, not |
| // |aRSA|. |
| // |
| // - |3DES|, |AES128|, |AES256|, |AES|, |AESGCM|, |CHACHA20| match ciphers |
| // whose bulk cipher use the corresponding encryption scheme. Note that |
| // |AES|, |AES128|, and |AES256| match both CBC and GCM ciphers. |
| // |
| // - |SHA1|, and its alias |SHA|, match legacy cipher suites using HMAC-SHA1. |
| // |
| // Deprecated cipher rules: |
| // |
| // - |kEDH|, |EDH|, |kEECDH|, and |EECDH| are legacy aliases for |kDHE|, |DHE|, |
| // |kECDHE|, and |ECDHE|, respectively. |
| // |
| // - |HIGH| is an alias for |ALL|. |
| // |
| // - |FIPS| is an alias for |HIGH|. |
| // |
| // - |SSLv3| and |TLSv1| match ciphers available in TLS 1.1 or earlier. |
| // |TLSv1_2| matches ciphers new in TLS 1.2. This is confusing and should not |
| // be used. |
| // |
| // Unknown rules are silently ignored by legacy APIs, and rejected by APIs with |
| // "strict" in the name, which should be preferred. Cipher lists can be long |
| // and it's easy to commit typos. Strict functions will also reject the use of |
| // spaces, semi-colons and commas as alternative separators. |
| // |
| // The special |@STRENGTH| directive will sort all enabled ciphers by strength. |
| // |
| // The |DEFAULT| directive, when appearing at the front of the string, expands |
| // to the default ordering of available ciphers. |
| // |
| // If configuring a server, one may also configure equal-preference groups to |
| // partially respect the client's preferences when |
| // |SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE| is enabled. Ciphers in an equal-preference |
| // group have equal priority and use the client order. This may be used to |
| // enforce that AEADs are preferred but select AES-GCM vs. ChaCha20-Poly1305 |
| // based on client preferences. An equal-preference is specified with square |
| // brackets, combining multiple selectors separated by |. For example: |
| // |
| // [TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256|TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256] |
| // |
| // Once an equal-preference group is used, future directives must be |
| // opcode-less. Inside an equal-preference group, spaces are not allowed. |
| // |
| // TLS 1.3 ciphers do not participate in this mechanism and instead have a |
| // built-in preference order. Functions to set cipher lists do not affect TLS |
| // 1.3, and functions to query the cipher list do not include TLS 1.3 ciphers. |
| |
| // SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST is the default cipher suite configuration. It is |
| // substituted when a cipher string starts with 'DEFAULT'. |
| #define SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST "ALL" |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_strict_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ctx|, |
| // evaluating |str| as a cipher string and returning error if |str| contains |
| // anything meaningless. It returns one on success and zero on failure. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_strict_cipher_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| const char *str); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ctx|, evaluating |
| // |str| as a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on failure. |
| // |
| // Prefer to use |SSL_CTX_set_strict_cipher_list|. This function tolerates |
| // garbage inputs, unless an empty cipher list results. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str); |
| |
| // SSL_set_strict_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ssl|, evaluating |
| // |str| as a cipher string and returning error if |str| contains anything |
| // meaningless. It returns one on success and zero on failure. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_strict_cipher_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str); |
| |
| // SSL_set_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ssl|, evaluating |str| as |
| // a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on failure. |
| // |
| // Prefer to use |SSL_set_strict_cipher_list|. This function tolerates garbage |
| // inputs, unless an empty cipher list results. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_cipher_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_ciphers returns the cipher list for |ctx|, in order of |
| // preference. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_CTX_get_ciphers(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_cipher_in_group returns one if the |i|th cipher (see |
| // |SSL_CTX_get_ciphers|) is in the same equipreference group as the one |
| // following it and zero otherwise. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_cipher_in_group(const SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t i); |
| |
| // SSL_get_ciphers returns the cipher list for |ssl|, in order of preference. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_get_ciphers(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| |
| // Connection information. |
| |
| // SSL_is_init_finished returns one if |ssl| has completed its initial handshake |
| // and has no pending handshake. It returns zero otherwise. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_init_finished(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_in_init returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake and zero |
| // otherwise. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_init(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_in_false_start returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake that is in |
| // False Start. |SSL_write| may be called at this point without waiting for the |
| // peer, but |SSL_read| will complete the handshake before accepting application |
| // data. |
| // |
| // See also |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_false_start(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_peer_certificate returns the peer's leaf certificate or NULL if the |
| // peer did not use certificates. The caller must call |X509_free| on the |
| // result to release it. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_get_peer_certificate(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_peer_cert_chain returns the peer's certificate chain or NULL if |
| // unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. This is the unverified list |
| // of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain built during |
| // verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result. |
| // |
| // WARNING: This function behaves differently between client and server. If |
| // |ssl| is a server, the returned chain does not include the leaf certificate. |
| // If a client, it does. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509) *SSL_get_peer_cert_chain(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_peer_full_cert_chain returns the peer's certificate chain, or NULL if |
| // unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. This is the unverified list |
| // of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain built during |
| // verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result. |
| // |
| // This is the same as |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| except that this function |
| // always returns the full chain, i.e. the first element of the return value |
| // (if any) will be the leaf certificate. In constrast, |
| // |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| returns only the intermediate certificates if the |
| // |ssl| is a server. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509) *SSL_get_peer_full_cert_chain(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get0_peer_certificates returns the peer's certificate chain, or NULL if |
| // unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. This is the unverified list |
| // of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain built during |
| // verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result. |
| // |
| // This is the |CRYPTO_BUFFER| variant of |SSL_get_peer_full_cert_chain|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *SSL_get0_peer_certificates( |
| const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to |
| // |*out_len| bytes of SCT information from the server. This is only valid if |
| // |ssl| is a client. The SCT information is a SignedCertificateTimestampList |
| // (including the two leading length bytes). |
| // See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3 |
| // If no SCT was received then |*out_len| will be zero on return. |
| // |
| // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list(const SSL *ssl, |
| const uint8_t **out, |
| size_t *out_len); |
| |
| // SSL_get0_ocsp_response sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to |*out_len| |
| // bytes of an OCSP response from the server. This is the DER encoding of an |
| // OCSPResponse type as defined in RFC 2560. |
| // |
| // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ocsp_response(const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, |
| size_t *out_len); |
| |
| // SSL_get_tls_unique writes at most |max_out| bytes of the tls-unique value |
| // for |ssl| to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the number of bytes written. It |
| // returns one on success or zero on error. In general |max_out| should be at |
| // least 12. |
| // |
| // This function will always fail if the initial handshake has not completed. |
| // The tls-unique value will change after a renegotiation but, since |
| // renegotiations can be initiated by the server at any point, the higher-level |
| // protocol must either leave them disabled or define states in which the |
| // tls-unique value can be read. |
| // |
| // The tls-unique value is defined by |
| // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5929#section-3.1. Due to a weakness in the |
| // TLS protocol, tls-unique is broken for resumed connections unless the |
| // Extended Master Secret extension is negotiated. Thus this function will |
| // return zero if |ssl| performed session resumption unless EMS was used when |
| // negotiating the original session. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_tls_unique(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, |
| size_t *out_len, size_t max_out); |
| |
| // SSL_get_extms_support returns one if the Extended Master Secret extension or |
| // TLS 1.3 was negotiated. Otherwise, it returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_extms_support(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_current_cipher returns cipher suite used by |ssl|, or NULL if it has |
| // not been negotiated yet. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_current_cipher(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_session_reused returns one if |ssl| performed an abbreviated handshake |
| // and zero otherwise. |
| // |
| // TODO(davidben): Hammer down the semantics of this API while a handshake, |
| // initial or renego, is in progress. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_session_reused(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support returns one if the peer supports secure |
| // renegotiation (RFC 5746) or TLS 1.3. Otherwise, it returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_export_keying_material exports a value derived from the master secret, as |
| // specified in RFC 5705. It writes |out_len| bytes to |out| given a label and |
| // optional context. (Since a zero length context is allowed, the |use_context| |
| // flag controls whether a context is included.) |
| // |
| // It returns one on success and zero otherwise. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_export_keying_material( |
| SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t out_len, const char *label, size_t label_len, |
| const uint8_t *context, size_t context_len, int use_context); |
| |
| |
| // Sessions. |
| // |
| // An |SSL_SESSION| represents an SSL session that may be resumed in an |
| // abbreviated handshake. It is reference-counted and immutable. Once |
| // established, an |SSL_SESSION| may be shared by multiple |SSL| objects on |
| // different threads and must not be modified. |
| // |
| // Note the TLS notion of "session" is not suitable for application-level |
| // session state. It is an optional caching mechanism for the handshake. Not all |
| // connections within an application-level session will reuse TLS sessions. TLS |
| // sessions may be dropped by the client or ignored by the server at any time. |
| |
| DECLARE_PEM_rw(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION) |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_new returns a newly-allocated blank |SSL_SESSION| or NULL on |
| // error. This may be useful when writing tests but should otherwise not be |
| // used. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_new(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_up_ref increments the reference count of |session| and returns |
| // one. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_up_ref(SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_free decrements the reference count of |session|. If it reaches |
| // zero, all data referenced by |session| and |session| itself are released. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_free(SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_to_bytes serializes |in| into a newly allocated buffer and sets |
| // |*out_data| to that buffer and |*out_len| to its length. The caller takes |
| // ownership of the buffer and must call |OPENSSL_free| when done. It returns |
| // one on success and zero on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_to_bytes(const SSL_SESSION *in, |
| uint8_t **out_data, size_t *out_len); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_to_bytes_for_ticket serializes |in|, but excludes the session |
| // identification information, namely the session ID and ticket. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_to_bytes_for_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *in, |
| uint8_t **out_data, |
| size_t *out_len); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_from_bytes parses |in_len| bytes from |in| as an SSL_SESSION. It |
| // returns a newly-allocated |SSL_SESSION| on success or NULL on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_from_bytes(const uint8_t *in, |
| size_t in_len, |
| const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_get_version returns a string describing the TLS or DTLS version |
| // |session| was established at. For example, "TLSv1.2" or "DTLSv1". |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_SESSION_get_version(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_get_protocol_version returns the TLS or DTLS version |session| |
| // was established at. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t |
| SSL_SESSION_get_protocol_version(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_set_protocol_version sets |session|'s TLS or DTLS version to |
| // |version|. This may be useful when writing tests but should otherwise not be |
| // used. It returns one on success and zero on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_protocol_version(SSL_SESSION *session, |
| uint16_t version); |
| |
| // SSL_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH is the maximum length of an SSL session ID. |
| #define SSL_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH 32 |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_get_id returns a pointer to a buffer containing |session|'s |
| // session ID and sets |*out_len| to its length. |
| // |
| // This function should only be used for implementing a TLS session cache. TLS |
| // sessions are not suitable for application-level session state, and a session |
| // ID is an implementation detail of the TLS resumption handshake mechanism. Not |
| // all resumption flows use session IDs, and not all connections within an |
| // application-level session will reuse TLS sessions. |
| // |
| // To determine if resumption occurred, use |SSL_session_reused| instead. |
| // Comparing session IDs will not give the right result in all cases. |
| // |
| // As a workaround for some broken applications, BoringSSL sometimes synthesizes |
| // arbitrary session IDs for non-ID-based sessions. This behavior may be |
| // removed in the future. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_SESSION_get_id(const SSL_SESSION *session, |
| unsigned *out_len); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_set1_id sets |session|'s session ID to |sid|, It returns one on |
| // success and zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but |
| // otherwise should not be used. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set1_id(SSL_SESSION *session, const uint8_t *sid, |
| size_t sid_len); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_get_time returns the time at which |session| was established in |
| // seconds since the UNIX epoch. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_SESSION_get_time(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_get_timeout returns the lifetime of |session| in seconds. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_get0_peer returns the peer leaf certificate stored in |
| // |session|. |
| // |
| // TODO(davidben): This should return a const X509 *. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_SESSION_get0_peer(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_certificates returns the peer certificate chain stored |
| // in |session|, or NULL if the peer did not use certificates. This is the |
| // unverified list of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain |
| // built during verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) * |
| SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_certificates(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets |*out| and |*out_len| to |
| // point to |*out_len| bytes of SCT information stored in |session|. This is |
| // only valid for client sessions. The SCT information is a |
| // SignedCertificateTimestampList (including the two leading length bytes). See |
| // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3 If no SCT was received then |
| // |*out_len| will be zero on return. |
| // |
| // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list( |
| const SSL_SESSION *session, const uint8_t **out, size_t *out_len); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_get0_ocsp_response sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to |
| // |*out_len| bytes of an OCSP response from the server. This is the DER |
| // encoding of an OCSPResponse type as defined in RFC 2560. |
| // |
| // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_ocsp_response(const SSL_SESSION *session, |
| const uint8_t **out, |
| size_t *out_len); |
| |
| // SSL_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH is the maximum length of a master secret. |
| #define SSL_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH 48 |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_get_master_key writes up to |max_out| bytes of |session|'s secret |
| // to |out| and returns the number of bytes written. If |max_out| is zero, it |
| // returns the size of the secret. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_SESSION_get_master_key(const SSL_SESSION *session, |
| uint8_t *out, size_t max_out); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_set_time sets |session|'s creation time to |time| and returns |
| // |time|. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise should not |
| // be used. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_SESSION_set_time(SSL_SESSION *session, |
| uint64_t time); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_set_timeout sets |session|'s timeout to |timeout| and returns |
| // one. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise should not |
| // be used. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_SESSION_set_timeout(SSL_SESSION *session, |
| uint32_t timeout); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_get0_id_context returns a pointer to a buffer containing |
| // |session|'s session ID context (see |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|) and |
| // sets |*out_len| to its length. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_SESSION_get0_id_context( |
| const SSL_SESSION *session, unsigned *out_len); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context sets |session|'s session ID context (see |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|) to |sid_ctx|. It returns one on success and |
| // zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise |
| // should not be used. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context(SSL_SESSION *session, |
| const uint8_t *sid_ctx, |
| size_t sid_ctx_len); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_should_be_single_use returns one if |session| should be |
| // single-use (TLS 1.3 and later) and zero otherwise. |
| // |
| // If this function returns one, clients retain multiple sessions and use each |
| // only once. This prevents passive observers from correlating connections with |
| // tickets. See RFC 8446, appendix C.4. If it returns zero, |session| cannot be |
| // used without leaking a correlator. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_should_be_single_use(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_is_resumable returns one if |session| is complete and contains a |
| // session ID or ticket. It returns zero otherwise. Note this function does not |
| // ensure |session| will be resumed. It may be expired, dropped by the server, |
| // or associated with incompatible parameters. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_is_resumable(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_has_ticket returns one if |session| has a ticket and zero |
| // otherwise. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_has_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_get0_ticket sets |*out_ticket| and |*out_len| to |session|'s |
| // ticket, or NULL and zero if it does not have one. |out_ticket| may be NULL |
| // if only the ticket length is needed. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *session, |
| const uint8_t **out_ticket, |
| size_t *out_len); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_set_ticket sets |session|'s ticket to |ticket|. It returns one on |
| // success and zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but |
| // otherwise should not be used. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_ticket(SSL_SESSION *session, |
| const uint8_t *ticket, |
| size_t ticket_len); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_get_ticket_lifetime_hint returns ticket lifetime hint of |
| // |session| in seconds or zero if none was set. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t |
| SSL_SESSION_get_ticket_lifetime_hint(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_get0_cipher returns the cipher negotiated by the connection which |
| // established |session|. |
| // |
| // Note that, in TLS 1.3, there is no guarantee that resumptions with |session| |
| // will use that cipher. Prefer calling |SSL_get_current_cipher| on the |SSL| |
| // instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_SESSION_get0_cipher( |
| const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256 returns one if |session| has a SHA-256 hash of |
| // the peer's certificate retained and zero if the peer did not present a |
| // certificate or if this was not enabled when |session| was created. See also |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256 sets |*out_ptr| and |*out_len| to the SHA-256 |
| // hash of the peer certificate retained in |session|, or NULL and zero if it |
| // does not have one. See also |SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256(const SSL_SESSION *session, |
| const uint8_t **out_ptr, |
| size_t *out_len); |
| |
| |
| // Session caching. |
| // |
| // Session caching allows connections to be established more efficiently based |
| // on saved parameters from a previous connection, called a session (see |
| // |SSL_SESSION|). The client offers a saved session, using an opaque identifier |
| // from a previous connection. The server may accept the session, if it has the |
| // parameters available. Otherwise, it will decline and continue with a full |
| // handshake. |
| // |
| // This requires both the client and the server to retain session state. A |
| // client does so with a stateful session cache. A server may do the same or, if |
| // supported by both sides, statelessly using session tickets. For more |
| // information on the latter, see the next section. |
| // |
| // For a server, the library implements a built-in internal session cache as an |
| // in-memory hash table. Servers may also use |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb| and |
| // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb| to implement a custom external session cache. In |
| // particular, this may be used to share a session cache between multiple |
| // servers in a large deployment. An external cache may be used in addition to |
| // or instead of the internal one. Use |SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode| to |
| // toggle the internal cache. |
| // |
| // For a client, the only option is an external session cache. Clients may use |
| // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb| to register a callback for when new sessions are |
| // available. These may be cached and, in subsequent compatible connections, |
| // configured with |SSL_set_session|. |
| // |
| // Note that offering or accepting a session short-circuits certificate |
| // verification and most parameter negotiation. Resuming sessions across |
| // different contexts may result in security failures and surprising |
| // behavior. For a typical client, this means sessions for different hosts must |
| // be cached under different keys. A client that connects to the same host with, |
| // e.g., different cipher suite settings or client certificates should also use |
| // separate session caches between those contexts. Servers should also partition |
| // session caches between SNI hosts with |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|. |
| // |
| // Note also, in TLS 1.2 and earlier, offering sessions allows passive observers |
| // to correlate different client connections. TLS 1.3 and later fix this, |
| // provided clients use sessions at most once. Session caches are managed by the |
| // caller in BoringSSL, so this must be implemented externally. See |
| // |SSL_SESSION_should_be_single_use| for details. |
| |
| // SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF disables all session caching. |
| #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF 0x0000 |
| |
| // SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT enables session caching for a client. The internal |
| // cache is never used on a client, so this only enables the callbacks. |
| #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT 0x0001 |
| |
| // SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER enables session caching for a server. |
| #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER 0x0002 |
| |
| // SSL_SESS_CACHE_BOTH enables session caching for both client and server. |
| #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_BOTH (SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT | SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER) |
| |
| // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR disables automatically calling |
| // |SSL_CTX_flush_sessions| every 255 connections. |
| #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR 0x0080 |
| |
| // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP, on a server, disables looking up a session |
| // from the internal session cache. |
| #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP 0x0100 |
| |
| // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE, on a server, disables storing sessions in |
| // the internal session cache. |
| #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE 0x0200 |
| |
| // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL, on a server, disables the internal session |
| // cache. |
| #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL \ |
| (SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP | SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE) |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode sets the session cache mode bits for |ctx| to |
| // |mode|. It returns the previous value. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode returns the session cache mode bits for |
| // |ctx| |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_set_session, for a client, configures |ssl| to offer to resume |session| |
| // in the initial handshake and returns one. The caller retains ownership of |
| // |session|. Note that configuring a session assumes the authentication in the |
| // session is valid. For callers that wish to revalidate the session before |
| // offering, see |SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_certificates|, |
| // |SSL_SESSION_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list|, and |
| // |SSL_SESSION_get0_ocsp_response|. |
| // |
| // It is an error to call this function after the handshake has begun. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session(SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT is the default lifetime, in seconds, of a |
| // session in TLS 1.2 or earlier. This is how long we are willing to use the |
| // secret to encrypt traffic without fresh key material. |
| #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT (2 * 60 * 60) |
| |
| // SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_PSK_DHE_TIMEOUT is the default lifetime, in seconds, of a |
| // session for TLS 1.3 psk_dhe_ke. This is how long we are willing to use the |
| // secret as an authenticator. |
| #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_PSK_DHE_TIMEOUT (2 * 24 * 60 * 60) |
| |
| // SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_AUTH_TIMEOUT is the default non-renewable lifetime, in |
| // seconds, of a TLS 1.3 session. This is how long we are willing to trust the |
| // signature in the initial handshake. |
| #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_AUTH_TIMEOUT (7 * 24 * 60 * 60) |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_timeout sets the lifetime, in seconds, of TLS 1.2 (or earlier) |
| // sessions created in |ctx| to |timeout|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t timeout); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_session_psk_dhe_timeout sets the lifetime, in seconds, of TLS 1.3 |
| // sessions created in |ctx| to |timeout|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_session_psk_dhe_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| uint32_t timeout); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_timeout returns the lifetime, in seconds, of TLS 1.2 (or earlier) |
| // sessions created in |ctx|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_timeout(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH is the maximum length of a session ID context. |
| #define SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH 32 |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context sets |ctx|'s session ID context to |sid_ctx|. |
| // It returns one on success and zero on error. The session ID context is an |
| // application-defined opaque byte string. A session will not be used in a |
| // connection without a matching session ID context. |
| // |
| // For a server, if |SSL_VERIFY_PEER| is enabled, it is an error to not set a |
| // session ID context. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| const uint8_t *sid_ctx, |
| size_t sid_ctx_len); |
| |
| // SSL_set_session_id_context sets |ssl|'s session ID context to |sid_ctx|. It |
| // returns one on success and zero on error. See also |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session_id_context(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *sid_ctx, |
| size_t sid_ctx_len); |
| |
| // SSL_get0_session_id_context returns a pointer to |ssl|'s session ID context |
| // and sets |*out_len| to its length. It returns NULL on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_get0_session_id_context(const SSL *ssl, |
| size_t *out_len); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT is the default maximum size of a session |
| // cache. |
| #define SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT (1024 * 20) |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size sets the maximum size of |ctx|'s internal session |
| // cache to |size|. It returns the previous value. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| unsigned long size); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size returns the maximum size of |ctx|'s internal |
| // session cache. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_number returns the number of sessions in |ctx|'s internal |
| // session cache. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_sess_number(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_add_session inserts |session| into |ctx|'s internal session cache. It |
| // returns one on success and zero on error or if |session| is already in the |
| // cache. The caller retains its reference to |session|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_session(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_remove_session removes |session| from |ctx|'s internal session cache. |
| // It returns one on success and zero if |session| was not in the cache. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_remove_session(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_flush_sessions removes all sessions from |ctx| which have expired as |
| // of time |time|. If |time| is zero, all sessions are removed. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint64_t time); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb sets the callback to be called when a new session is |
| // established and ready to be cached. If the session cache is disabled (the |
| // appropriate one of |SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT| or |SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER| is |
| // unset), the callback is not called. |
| // |
| // The callback is passed a reference to |session|. It returns one if it takes |
| // ownership (and then calls |SSL_SESSION_free| when done) and zero otherwise. A |
| // consumer which places |session| into an in-memory cache will likely return |
| // one, with the cache calling |SSL_SESSION_free|. A consumer which serializes |
| // |session| with |SSL_SESSION_to_bytes| may not need to retain |session| and |
| // will likely return zero. Returning one is equivalent to calling |
| // |SSL_SESSION_up_ref| and then returning zero. |
| // |
| // Note: For a client, the callback may be called on abbreviated handshakes if a |
| // ticket is renewed. Further, it may not be called until some time after |
| // |SSL_do_handshake| or |SSL_connect| completes if False Start is enabled. Thus |
| // it's recommended to use this callback over calling |SSL_get_session| on |
| // handshake completion. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*new_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session)); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb returns the callback set by |
| // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( |
| SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb sets a callback which is called when a session is |
| // removed from the internal session cache. |
| // |
| // TODO(davidben): What is the point of this callback? It seems useless since it |
| // only fires on sessions in the internal cache. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| void (*remove_session_cb)(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session)); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_get_remove_cb returns the callback set by |
| // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_remove_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb sets a callback to look up a session by ID for a |
| // server. The callback is passed the session ID and should return a matching |
| // |SSL_SESSION| or NULL if not found. It should set |*out_copy| to zero and |
| // return a new reference to the session. This callback is not used for a |
| // client. |
| // |
| // For historical reasons, if |*out_copy| is set to one (default), the SSL |
| // library will take a new reference to the returned |SSL_SESSION|, expecting |
| // the callback to return a non-owning pointer. This is not recommended. If |
| // |ctx| and thus the callback is used on multiple threads, the session may be |
| // removed and invalidated before the SSL library calls |SSL_SESSION_up_ref|, |
| // whereas the callback may synchronize internally. |
| // |
| // To look up a session asynchronously, the callback may return |
| // |SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr|. See the documentation for that function and |
| // |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION|. |
| // |
| // If the internal session cache is enabled, the callback is only consulted if |
| // the internal cache does not return a match. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *(*get_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *id, |
| int id_len, int *out_copy)); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb returns the callback set by |
| // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *(*SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( |
| SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *id, int id_len, int *out_copy); |
| |
| // SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr returns a magic |SSL_SESSION|* which indicates |
| // that the session isn't currently unavailable. |SSL_get_error| will then |
| // return |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION| and the handshake can be retried later |
| // when the lookup has completed. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr(void); |
| |
| |
| // Session tickets. |
| // |
| // Session tickets, from RFC 5077, allow session resumption without server-side |
| // state. The server maintains a secret ticket key and sends the client opaque |
| // encrypted session parameters, called a ticket. When offering the session, the |
| // client sends the ticket which the server decrypts to recover session state. |
| // Session tickets are enabled by default but may be disabled with |
| // |SSL_OP_NO_TICKET|. |
| // |
| // On the client, ticket-based sessions use the same APIs as ID-based tickets. |
| // Callers do not need to handle them differently. |
| // |
| // On the server, tickets are encrypted and authenticated with a secret key. |
| // By default, an |SSL_CTX| will manage session ticket encryption keys by |
| // generating them internally and rotating every 48 hours. Tickets are minted |
| // and processed transparently. The following functions may be used to configure |
| // a persistent key or implement more custom behavior, including key rotation |
| // and sharing keys between multiple servers in a large deployment. There are |
| // three levels of customisation possible: |
| // |
| // 1) One can simply set the keys with |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys|. |
| // 2) One can configure an |EVP_CIPHER_CTX| and |HMAC_CTX| directly for |
| // encryption and authentication. |
| // 3) One can configure an |SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD| to have more control |
| // and the option of asynchronous decryption. |
| // |
| // An attacker that compromises a server's session ticket key can impersonate |
| // the server and, prior to TLS 1.3, retroactively decrypt all application |
| // traffic from sessions using that ticket key. Thus ticket keys must be |
| // regularly rotated for forward secrecy. Note the default key is rotated |
| // automatically once every 48 hours but manually configured keys are not. |
| |
| // SSL_DEFAULT_TICKET_KEY_ROTATION_INTERVAL is the interval with which the |
| // default session ticket encryption key is rotated, if in use. If any |
| // non-default ticket encryption mechanism is configured, automatic rotation is |
| // disabled. |
| #define SSL_DEFAULT_TICKET_KEY_ROTATION_INTERVAL (2 * 24 * 60 * 60) |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys writes |ctx|'s session ticket key material to |
| // |len| bytes of |out|. It returns one on success and zero if |len| is not |
| // 48. If |out| is NULL, it returns 48 instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *out, |
| size_t len); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys sets |ctx|'s session ticket key material to |
| // |len| bytes of |in|. It returns one on success and zero if |len| is not |
| // 48. If |in| is NULL, it returns 48 instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, const void *in, |
| size_t len); |
| |
| // SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_LEN is the length of the key name prefix of a session |
| // ticket. |
| #define SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_LEN 16 |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb sets the ticket callback to |callback| and |
| // returns one. |callback| will be called when encrypting a new ticket and when |
| // decrypting a ticket from the client. |
| // |
| // In both modes, |ctx| and |hmac_ctx| will already have been initialized with |
| // |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init| and |HMAC_CTX_init|, respectively. |callback| |
| // configures |hmac_ctx| with an HMAC digest and key, and configures |ctx| |
| // for encryption or decryption, based on the mode. |
| // |
| // When encrypting a new ticket, |encrypt| will be one. It writes a public |
| // 16-byte key name to |key_name| and a fresh IV to |iv|. The output IV length |
| // must match |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length| of the cipher selected. In this mode, |
| // |callback| returns 1 on success, 0 to decline sending a ticket, and -1 on |
| // error. |
| // |
| // When decrypting a ticket, |encrypt| will be zero. |key_name| will point to a |
| // 16-byte key name and |iv| points to an IV. The length of the IV consumed must |
| // match |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length| of the cipher selected. In this mode, |
| // |callback| returns -1 to abort the handshake, 0 if the ticket key was |
| // unrecognized, and 1 or 2 on success. If it returns 2, the ticket will be |
| // renewed. This may be used to re-key the ticket. |
| // |
| // WARNING: |callback| wildly breaks the usual return value convention and is |
| // called in two different modes. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| int (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *key_name, uint8_t *iv, |
| EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, HMAC_CTX *hmac_ctx, int encrypt)); |
| |
| // ssl_ticket_aead_result_t enumerates the possible results from decrypting a |
| // ticket with an |SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD|. |
| enum ssl_ticket_aead_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { |
| // ssl_ticket_aead_success indicates that the ticket was successfully |
| // decrypted. |
| ssl_ticket_aead_success, |
| // ssl_ticket_aead_retry indicates that the operation could not be |
| // immediately completed and must be reattempted, via |open|, at a later |
| // point. |
| ssl_ticket_aead_retry, |
| // ssl_ticket_aead_ignore_ticket indicates that the ticket should be ignored |
| // (i.e. is corrupt or otherwise undecryptable). |
| ssl_ticket_aead_ignore_ticket, |
| // ssl_ticket_aead_error indicates that a fatal error occured and the |
| // handshake should be terminated. |
| ssl_ticket_aead_error, |
| }; |
| |
| // ssl_ticket_aead_method_st (aka |SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD|) contains methods |
| // for encrypting and decrypting session tickets. |
| struct ssl_ticket_aead_method_st { |
| // max_overhead returns the maximum number of bytes of overhead that |seal| |
| // may add. |
| size_t (*max_overhead)(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // seal encrypts and authenticates |in_len| bytes from |in|, writes, at most, |
| // |max_out_len| bytes to |out|, and puts the number of bytes written in |
| // |*out_len|. The |in| and |out| buffers may be equal but will not otherwise |
| // alias. It returns one on success or zero on error. If the function returns |
| // but |*out_len| is zero, BoringSSL will skip sending a ticket. |
| int (*seal)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len, size_t max_out_len, |
| const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); |
| |
| // open authenticates and decrypts |in_len| bytes from |in|, writes, at most, |
| // |max_out_len| bytes of plaintext to |out|, and puts the number of bytes |
| // written in |*out_len|. The |in| and |out| buffers may be equal but will |
| // not otherwise alias. See |ssl_ticket_aead_result_t| for details of the |
| // return values. In the case that a retry is indicated, the caller should |
| // arrange for the high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the |
| // operation is completed, which will result in another call to |open|. |
| enum ssl_ticket_aead_result_t (*open)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len, |
| size_t max_out_len, const uint8_t *in, |
| size_t in_len); |
| }; |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_ticket_aead_method configures a custom ticket AEAD method table |
| // on |ctx|. |aead_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ctx|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_ticket_aead_method( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, const SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD *aead_method); |
| |
| // SSL_process_tls13_new_session_ticket processes an unencrypted TLS 1.3 |
| // NewSessionTicket message from |buf| and returns a resumable |SSL_SESSION|, |
| // or NULL on error. The caller takes ownership of the returned session and |
| // must call |SSL_SESSION_free| to free it. |
| // |
| // |buf| contains |buf_len| bytes that represents a complete NewSessionTicket |
| // message including its header, i.e., one byte for the type (0x04) and three |
| // bytes for the length. |buf| must contain only one such message. |
| // |
| // This function may be used to process NewSessionTicket messages in TLS 1.3 |
| // clients that are handling the record layer externally. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_process_tls13_new_session_ticket( |
| SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_len); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_num_tickets configures |ctx| to send |num_tickets| immediately |
| // after a successful TLS 1.3 handshake as a server. It returns one. Large |
| // values of |num_tickets| will be capped within the library. |
| // |
| // By default, BoringSSL sends two tickets. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_num_tickets(SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t num_tickets); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_num_tickets returns the number of tickets |ctx| will send |
| // immediately after a successful TLS 1.3 handshake as a server. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_get_num_tickets(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| |
| // Diffie-Hellman groups and ephemeral key exchanges. |
| // |
| // Most TLS handshakes (ECDHE cipher suites in TLS 1.2, and all supported TLS |
| // 1.3 modes) incorporate an ephemeral key exchange, most commonly using |
| // Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman (ECDH), as described in RFC 8422. The key |
| // exchange algorithm is negotiated separately from the cipher suite, using |
| // NamedGroup values, which define Diffie-Hellman groups. |
| // |
| // Historically, these values were known as "curves", in reference to ECDH, and |
| // some APIs refer to the original name. RFC 7919 renamed them to "groups" in |
| // reference to Diffie-Hellman in general. These values are also used to select |
| // experimental post-quantum KEMs. Though not Diffie-Hellman groups, KEMs can |
| // fill a similar role in TLS, so they use the same codepoints. |
| // |
| // In TLS 1.2, the ECDH values also negotiate elliptic curves used in ECDSA. In |
| // TLS 1.3 and later, ECDSA curves are part of the signature algorithm. See |
| // |SSL_SIGN_*|. |
| |
| // SSL_GROUP_* define TLS group IDs. |
| #define SSL_GROUP_SECP224R1 21 |
| #define SSL_GROUP_SECP256R1 23 |
| #define SSL_GROUP_SECP384R1 24 |
| #define SSL_GROUP_SECP521R1 25 |
| #define SSL_GROUP_X25519 29 |
| #define SSL_GROUP_X25519_MLKEM768 0x11ec |
| #define SSL_GROUP_X25519_KYBER768_DRAFT00 0x6399 |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set1_group_ids sets the preferred groups for |ctx| to |group_ids|. |
| // Each element of |group_ids| should be one of the |SSL_GROUP_*| constants. It |
| // returns one on success and zero on failure. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_group_ids(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| const uint16_t *group_ids, |
| size_t num_group_ids); |
| |
| // SSL_set1_group_ids sets the preferred groups for |ssl| to |group_ids|. Each |
| // element of |group_ids| should be one of the |SSL_GROUP_*| constants. It |
| // returns one on success and zero on failure. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_group_ids(SSL *ssl, const uint16_t *group_ids, |
| size_t num_group_ids); |
| |
| // SSL_get_group_id returns the ID of the group used by |ssl|'s most recently |
| // completed handshake, or 0 if not applicable. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_group_id(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_group_name returns a human-readable name for the group specified by |
| // the given TLS group ID, or NULL if the group is unknown. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_group_name(uint16_t group_id); |
| |
| // SSL_get_all_group_names outputs a list of possible strings |
| // |SSL_get_group_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes at |
| // most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have |
| // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set |
| // to zero to size the output. |
| // |
| // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want |
| // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list |
| // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain |
| // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every |
| // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this |
| // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_group_names(const char **out, size_t max_out); |
| |
| // The following APIs also configure Diffie-Hellman groups, but use |NID_*| |
| // constants instead of |SSL_GROUP_*| constants. These are provided for OpenSSL |
| // compatibility. Where NIDs are unstable constants specific to OpenSSL and |
| // BoringSSL, group IDs are defined by the TLS protocol. Prefer the group ID |
| // representation if storing persistently, or exporting to another process or |
| // library. |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set1_groups sets the preferred groups for |ctx| to be |groups|. Each |
| // element of |groups| should be a |NID_*| constant from nid.h. It returns one |
| // on success and zero on failure. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_groups(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *groups, |
| size_t num_groups); |
| |
| // SSL_set1_groups sets the preferred groups for |ssl| to be |groups|. Each |
| // element of |groups| should be a |NID_*| constant from nid.h. It returns one |
| // on success and zero on failure. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_groups(SSL *ssl, const int *groups, |
| size_t num_groups); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list decodes |groups| as a colon-separated list of group |
| // names (e.g. "X25519" or "P-256") and sets |ctx|'s preferred groups to the |
| // result. It returns one on success and zero on failure. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *groups); |
| |
| // SSL_set1_groups_list decodes |groups| as a colon-separated list of group |
| // names (e.g. "X25519" or "P-256") and sets |ssl|'s preferred groups to the |
| // result. It returns one on success and zero on failure. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_groups_list(SSL *ssl, const char *groups); |
| |
| // SSL_get_negotiated_group returns the NID of the group used by |ssl|'s most |
| // recently completed handshake, or |NID_undef| if not applicable. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_negotiated_group(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| |
| // Certificate verification. |
| // |
| // SSL may authenticate either endpoint with an X.509 certificate. Typically |
| // this is used to authenticate the server to the client. These functions |
| // configure certificate verification. |
| // |
| // WARNING: By default, certificate verification errors on a client are not |
| // fatal. See |SSL_VERIFY_NONE| This may be configured with |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_verify|. |
| // |
| // By default clients are anonymous but a server may request a certificate from |
| // the client by setting |SSL_VERIFY_PEER|. |
| // |
| // Many of these functions use OpenSSL's legacy X.509 stack which is |
| // underdocumented and deprecated, but the replacement isn't ready yet. For |
| // now, consumers may use the existing stack or bypass it by performing |
| // certificate verification externally. This may be done with |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback| or by extracting the chain with |
| // |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| after the handshake. In the future, functions will |
| // be added to use the SSL stack without dependency on any part of the legacy |
| // X.509 and ASN.1 stack. |
| // |
| // To augment certificate verification, a client may also enable OCSP stapling |
| // (RFC 6066) and Certificate Transparency (RFC 6962) extensions. |
| |
| // SSL_VERIFY_NONE, on a client, verifies the server certificate but does not |
| // make errors fatal. The result may be checked with |SSL_get_verify_result|. On |
| // a server it does not request a client certificate. This is the default. |
| #define SSL_VERIFY_NONE 0x00 |
| |
| // SSL_VERIFY_PEER, on a client, makes server certificate errors fatal. On a |
| // server it requests a client certificate and makes errors fatal. However, |
| // anonymous clients are still allowed. See |
| // |SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT|. |
| #define SSL_VERIFY_PEER 0x01 |
| |
| // SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT configures a server to reject connections if |
| // the client declines to send a certificate. This flag must be used together |
| // with |SSL_VERIFY_PEER|, otherwise it won't work. |
| #define SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT 0x02 |
| |
| // SSL_VERIFY_PEER_IF_NO_OBC configures a server to request a client certificate |
| // if and only if Channel ID is not negotiated. |
| #define SSL_VERIFY_PEER_IF_NO_OBC 0x04 |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_verify configures certificate verification behavior. |mode| is |
| // one of the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback| should be NULL. |
| // |
| // If |callback| is non-NULL, it is called as in |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb|, |
| // which is a deprecated and fragile mechanism to run the default certificate |
| // verification process, but suppress individual errors in it. See |
| // |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb| for details, If set, the callback may use |
| // |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| with |X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data| to |
| // look up the |SSL| from |store_ctx|. |
| // |
| // WARNING: |callback| is not suitable for implementing custom certificate |
| // check, accepting all certificates, or extracting the certificate after |
| // verification. It does not replace the default process and is called multiple |
| // times throughout that process. It is also very difficult to implement this |
| // callback safely, without inadvertently relying on implementation details or |
| // making incorrect assumptions about when the callback is called. |
| // |
| // Instead, use |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify| or |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback| to customize certificate verification. |
| // Those callbacks can inspect the peer-sent chain, call |X509_verify_cert| and |
| // inspect the result, or perform other operations more straightforwardly. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_verify( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode, int (*callback)(int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx)); |
| |
| // SSL_set_verify configures certificate verification behavior. |mode| is one of |
| // the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback| should be NULL. |
| // |
| // If |callback| is non-NULL, it is called as in |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb|, |
| // which is a deprecated and fragile mechanism to run the default certificate |
| // verification process, but suppress individual errors in it. See |
| // |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb| for details, If set, the callback may use |
| // |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| with |X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data| to |
| // look up the |SSL| from |store_ctx|. |
| // |
| // WARNING: |callback| is not suitable for implementing custom certificate |
| // check, accepting all certificates, or extracting the certificate after |
| // verification. It does not replace the default process and is called multiple |
| // times throughout that process. It is also very difficult to implement this |
| // callback safely, without inadvertently relying on implementation details or |
| // making incorrect assumptions about when the callback is called. |
| // |
| // Instead, use |SSL_set_custom_verify| or |SSL_set_cert_verify_callback| to |
| // customize certificate verification. Those callbacks can inspect the peer-sent |
| // chain, call |X509_verify_cert| and inspect the result, or perform other |
| // operations more straightforwardly. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_verify(SSL *ssl, int mode, |
| int (*callback)(int ok, |
| X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx)); |
| |
| enum ssl_verify_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { |
| ssl_verify_ok, |
| ssl_verify_invalid, |
| ssl_verify_retry, |
| }; |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify configures certificate verification. |mode| is one |
| // of the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback| performs the |
| // certificate verification. |
| // |
| // The callback may call |SSL_get0_peer_certificates| for the certificate chain |
| // to validate. The callback should return |ssl_verify_ok| if the certificate is |
| // valid. If the certificate is invalid, the callback should return |
| // |ssl_verify_invalid| and optionally set |*out_alert| to an alert to send to |
| // the peer. Some useful alerts include |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED|, |
| // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED|, |SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_CA|, |SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE|, |
| // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN|, and |SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR|. See RFC 5246 |
| // section 7.2.2 for their precise meanings. If unspecified, |
| // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN| will be sent by default. |
| // |
| // To verify a certificate asynchronously, the callback may return |
| // |ssl_verify_retry|. The handshake will then pause with |SSL_get_error| |
| // returning |SSL_ERROR_WANT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode, |
| enum ssl_verify_result_t (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out_alert)); |
| |
| // SSL_set_custom_verify behaves like |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify| but configures |
| // an individual |SSL|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_custom_verify( |
| SSL *ssl, int mode, |
| enum ssl_verify_result_t (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out_alert)); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode returns |ctx|'s verify mode, set by |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_verify|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_get_verify_mode returns |ssl|'s verify mode, set by |SSL_CTX_set_verify| |
| // or |SSL_set_verify|. It returns -1 on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_verify_mode(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback returns the callback set by |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_verify|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx))( |
| int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_get_verify_callback returns the callback set by |SSL_CTX_set_verify| or |
| // |SSL_set_verify|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_get_verify_callback(const SSL *ssl))( |
| int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_set1_host sets a DNS name that will be required to be present in the |
| // verified leaf certificate. It returns one on success and zero on error. |
| // |
| // Note: unless _some_ name checking is performed, certificate validation is |
| // ineffective. Simply checking that a host has some certificate from a CA is |
| // rarely meaningful—you have to check that the CA believed that the host was |
| // who you expect to be talking to. |
| // |
| // By default, both subject alternative names and the subject's common name |
| // attribute are checked. The latter has long been deprecated, so callers should |
| // call |SSL_set_hostflags| with |X509_CHECK_FLAG_NEVER_CHECK_SUBJECT| to use |
| // the standard behavior. https://crbug.com/boringssl/464 tracks fixing the |
| // default. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_host(SSL *ssl, const char *hostname); |
| |
| // SSL_set_hostflags calls |X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_hostflags| on the |
| // |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| associated with this |SSL*|. |flags| should be some |
| // combination of the |X509_CHECK_*| constants. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_hostflags(SSL *ssl, unsigned flags); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth sets the maximum depth of a certificate chain |
| // accepted in verification. This count excludes both the target certificate and |
| // the trust anchor (root certificate). |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth(SSL_CTX *ctx, int depth); |
| |
| // SSL_set_verify_depth sets the maximum depth of a certificate chain accepted |
| // in verification. This count excludes both the target certificate and the |
| // trust anchor (root certificate). |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_verify_depth(SSL *ssl, int depth); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth returns the maximum depth of a certificate accepted |
| // in verification. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_get_verify_depth returns the maximum depth of a certificate accepted in |
| // verification. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_verify_depth(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set1_param sets verification parameters from |param|. It returns one |
| // on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |param|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_param(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); |
| |
| // SSL_set1_param sets verification parameters from |param|. It returns one on |
| // success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |param|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_param(SSL *ssl, const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get0_param returns |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| for certificate |
| // verification. The caller must not release the returned pointer but may call |
| // functions on it to configure it. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_CTX_get0_param(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_get0_param returns |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| for certificate |
| // verification. The caller must not release the returned pointer but may call |
| // functions on it to configure it. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_get0_param(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_purpose sets |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'purpose' parameter to |
| // |purpose|. It returns one on success and zero on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_purpose(SSL_CTX *ctx, int purpose); |
| |
| // SSL_set_purpose sets |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'purpose' parameter to |
| // |purpose|. It returns one on success and zero on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_purpose(SSL *ssl, int purpose); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_trust sets |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'trust' parameter to |
| // |trust|. It returns one on success and zero on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_trust(SSL_CTX *ctx, int trust); |
| |
| // SSL_set_trust sets |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'trust' parameter to |
| // |trust|. It returns one on success and zero on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_trust(SSL *ssl, int trust); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_cert_store sets |ctx|'s certificate store to |store|. It takes |
| // ownership of |store|. The store is used for certificate verification. |
| // |
| // The store is also used for the auto-chaining feature, but this is deprecated. |
| // See also |SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509_STORE *store); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_cert_store returns |ctx|'s certificate store. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_STORE *SSL_CTX_get_cert_store(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths calls |X509_STORE_set_default_paths| on |
| // |ctx|'s store. See that function for details. |
| // |
| // Using this function is not recommended. In OpenSSL, these defaults are |
| // determined by OpenSSL's install prefix. There is no corresponding concept for |
| // BoringSSL. Future versions of BoringSSL may change or remove this |
| // functionality. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations calls |X509_STORE_load_locations| on |ctx|'s |
| // store. See that function for details. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| const char *ca_file, |
| const char *ca_dir); |
| |
| // SSL_get_verify_result returns the result of certificate verification. It is |
| // either |X509_V_OK| or a |X509_V_ERR_*| value. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_get_verify_result(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_alert_from_verify_result returns the SSL alert code, such as |
| // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED|, that corresponds to an |X509_V_ERR_*| value. |
| // The return value is always an alert, even when |result| is |X509_V_OK|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_alert_from_verify_result(long result); |
| |
| // SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx returns the ex_data index used to look up |
| // the |SSL| associated with an |X509_STORE_CTX| in the verify callback. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx(void); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback sets a custom callback to be called on |
| // certificate verification rather than |X509_verify_cert|. |store_ctx| contains |
| // the verification parameters. The callback should return one on success and |
| // zero on fatal error. It may use |X509_STORE_CTX_set_error| to set a |
| // verification result. |
| // |
| // The callback may use |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| to recover the |
| // |SSL| object from |store_ctx|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx, void *arg), |
| void *arg); |
| |
| // SSL_enable_signed_cert_timestamps causes |ssl| (which must be the client end |
| // of a connection) to request SCTs from the server. See |
| // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962. |
| // |
| // Call |SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list| to recover the SCT after the |
| // handshake. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_enable_signed_cert_timestamps(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_enable_signed_cert_timestamps enables SCT requests on all client SSL |
| // objects created from |ctx|. |
| // |
| // Call |SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list| to recover the SCT after the |
| // handshake. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_enable_signed_cert_timestamps(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling causes |ssl| (which must be the client end of a |
| // connection) to request a stapled OCSP response from the server. |
| // |
| // Call |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| to recover the OCSP response after the |
| // handshake. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_enable_ocsp_stapling enables OCSP stapling on all client SSL objects |
| // created from |ctx|. |
| // |
| // Call |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| to recover the OCSP response after the |
| // handshake. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_enable_ocsp_stapling(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set0_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used |
| // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. Ownership of |
| // |store| is transferred to the |SSL_CTX|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set0_verify_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| X509_STORE *store); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set1_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used |
| // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. An additional |
| // reference to |store| will be taken. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_verify_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| X509_STORE *store); |
| |
| // SSL_set0_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used |
| // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. Ownership of |
| // |store| is transferred to the |SSL|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set0_verify_cert_store(SSL *ssl, X509_STORE *store); |
| |
| // SSL_set1_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used |
| // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. An additional |
| // reference to |store| will be taken. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_verify_cert_store(SSL *ssl, X509_STORE *store); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_verify_algorithm_prefs configures |ctx| to use |prefs| as the |
| // preference list when verifying signatures from the peer's long-term key. It |
| // returns one on zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only |
| // value |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_verify_algorithm_prefs(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| const uint16_t *prefs, |
| size_t num_prefs); |
| |
| // SSL_set_verify_algorithm_prefs configures |ssl| to use |prefs| as the |
| // preference list when verifying signatures from the peer's long-term key. It |
| // returns one on zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only |
| // value |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_verify_algorithm_prefs(SSL *ssl, |
| const uint16_t *prefs, |
| size_t num_prefs); |
| |
| |
| // Client certificate CA list. |
| // |
| // When requesting a client certificate, a server may advertise a list of |
| // certificate authorities which are accepted. These functions may be used to |
| // configure this list. |
| |
| // SSL_set_client_CA_list sets |ssl|'s client certificate CA list to |
| // |name_list|. It takes ownership of |name_list|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_client_CA_list(SSL *ssl, |
| STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list sets |ctx|'s client certificate CA list to |
| // |name_list|. It takes ownership of |name_list|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list); |
| |
| // SSL_set0_client_CAs sets |ssl|'s client certificate CA list to |name_list|, |
| // which should contain DER-encoded distinguished names (RFC 5280). It takes |
| // ownership of |name_list|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_client_CAs(SSL *ssl, |
| STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *name_list); |
| |
| // SSL_set0_CA_names sets |ssl|'s CA name list for the certificate authorities |
| // extension to |name_list|, which should contain DER-encoded distinguished |
| // names (RFC 5280). It takes ownership of |name_list|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_CA_names(SSL *ssl, |
| STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *name_list); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set0_client_CAs sets |ctx|'s client certificate CA list to |
| // |name_list|, which should contain DER-encoded distinguished names (RFC 5280). |
| // It takes ownership of |name_list|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set0_client_CAs(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *name_list); |
| |
| // SSL_get_client_CA_list returns |ssl|'s client certificate CA list. If |ssl| |
| // has not been configured as a client, this is the list configured by |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list|. |
| // |
| // If configured as a client, it returns the client certificate CA list sent by |
| // the server. In this mode, the behavior is undefined except during the |
| // callbacks set by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or |
| // when the handshake is paused because of them. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_get_client_CA_list(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get0_server_requested_CAs returns the CAs sent by a server to guide a |
| // client in certificate selection. They are a series of DER-encoded X.509 |
| // names. This function may only be called during a callback set by |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| or when the handshake is paused because of it. |
| // |
| // The returned stack is owned by |ssl|, as are its contents. It should not be |
| // used past the point where the handshake is restarted after the callback. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *SSL_get0_server_requested_CAs( |
| const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list returns |ctx|'s client certificate CA list. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list( |
| const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_add_client_CA appends |x509|'s subject to the client certificate CA list. |
| // It returns one on success or zero on error. The caller retains ownership of |
| // |x509|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_client_CA(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_add_client_CA appends |x509|'s subject to the client certificate CA |
| // list. It returns one on success or zero on error. The caller retains |
| // ownership of |x509|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_client_CA(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); |
| |
| // SSL_load_client_CA_file opens |file| and reads PEM-encoded certificates from |
| // it. It returns a newly-allocated stack of the certificate subjects or NULL |
| // on error. Duplicates in |file| are ignored. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_load_client_CA_file(const char *file); |
| |
| // SSL_dup_CA_list makes a deep copy of |list|. It returns the new list on |
| // success or NULL on allocation error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_dup_CA_list(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *list); |
| |
| // SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack behaves like |SSL_load_client_CA_file| |
| // but appends the result to |out|. It returns one on success or zero on |
| // error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out, |
| const char *file); |
| |
| // SSL_add_bio_cert_subjects_to_stack behaves like |
| // |SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack| but reads from |bio|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_bio_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out, |
| BIO *bio); |
| |
| |
| // Server name indication. |
| // |
| // The server_name extension (RFC 3546) allows the client to advertise the name |
| // of the server it is connecting to. This is used in virtual hosting |
| // deployments to select one of a several certificates on a single IP. Only the |
| // host_name name type is supported. |
| |
| #define TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name 0 |
| |
| // SSL_set_tlsext_host_name, for a client, configures |ssl| to advertise |name| |
| // in the server_name extension. It returns one on success and zero on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_host_name(SSL *ssl, const char *name); |
| |
| // SSL_get_servername, for a server, returns the hostname supplied by the |
| // client or NULL if there was none. The |type| argument must be |
| // |TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_servername(const SSL *ssl, const int type); |
| |
| // SSL_get_servername_type, for a server, returns |TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name| |
| // if the client sent a hostname and -1 otherwise. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_servername_type(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback configures |callback| to be called on |
| // the server after ClientHello extensions have been parsed and returns one. |
| // The callback may use |SSL_get_servername| to examine the server_name |
| // extension and returns a |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_*| value. The value of |arg| may be |
| // set by calling |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg|. |
| // |
| // If the callback returns |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|, the server_name extension is |
| // not acknowledged in the ServerHello. If the return value is |
| // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL|, then |*out_alert| is the alert to send, |
| // defaulting to |SSL_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME|. |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING| is |
| // ignored and treated as |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(SSL *ssl, int *out_alert, void *arg)); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg sets the argument to the servername |
| // callback and returns one. See |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg); |
| |
| // SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_* are values returned by some extension-related callbacks. |
| #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK 0 |
| #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING 1 |
| #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL 2 |
| #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK 3 |
| |
| // SSL_set_SSL_CTX changes |ssl|'s |SSL_CTX|. |ssl| will use the |
| // certificate-related settings from |ctx|, and |SSL_get_SSL_CTX| will report |
| // |ctx|. This function may be used during the callbacks registered by |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|, |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback|, and |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| or when |
| // the handshake is paused from them. It is typically used to switch |
| // certificates based on SNI. |
| // |
| // Note the session cache and related settings will continue to use the initial |
| // |SSL_CTX|. Callers should use |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context| to partition |
| // the session cache between different domains. |
| // |
| // TODO(davidben): Should other settings change after this call? |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_set_SSL_CTX(SSL *ssl, SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| |
| // Application-layer protocol negotiation. |
| // |
| // The ALPN extension (RFC 7301) allows negotiating different application-layer |
| // protocols over a single port. This is used, for example, to negotiate |
| // HTTP/2. |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos sets the client ALPN protocol list on |ctx| to |
| // |protos|. |protos| must be in wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit |
| // length-prefixed strings), or the empty string to disable ALPN. It returns |
| // zero on success and one on failure. Configuring a non-empty string enables |
| // ALPN on a client. |
| // |
| // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value |
| // convention. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos(SSL_CTX *ctx, const uint8_t *protos, |
| size_t protos_len); |
| |
| // SSL_set_alpn_protos sets the client ALPN protocol list on |ssl| to |protos|. |
| // |protos| must be in wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit |
| // length-prefixed strings), or the empty string to disable ALPN. It returns |
| // zero on success and one on failure. Configuring a non-empty string enables |
| // ALPN on a client. |
| // |
| // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value |
| // convention. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_alpn_protos(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *protos, |
| size_t protos_len); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb sets a callback function on |ctx| that is called |
| // during ClientHello processing in order to select an ALPN protocol from the |
| // client's list of offered protocols. |SSL_select_next_proto| is an optional |
| // utility function which may be useful in implementing this callback. |
| // |
| // The callback is passed a wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit |
| // length-prefixed strings) ALPN protocol list in |in|. To select a protocol, |
| // the callback should set |*out| and |*out_len| to the selected protocol and |
| // return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| on success. It does not pass ownership of the |
| // buffer, so |*out| should point to a static string, a buffer that outlives the |
| // callback call, or the corresponding entry in |in|. |
| // |
| // If the server supports ALPN, but there are no protocols in common, the |
| // callback should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL| to abort the connection |
| // with a no_application_protocol alert. |
| // |
| // If the server does not support ALPN, it can return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK| to |
| // continue the handshake without negotiating a protocol. This may be useful if |
| // multiple server configurations share an |SSL_CTX|, only some of which have |
| // ALPN protocols configured. |
| // |
| // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING| is ignored and will be treated as |
| // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|. |
| // |
| // The callback will only be called if the client supports ALPN. Callers that |
| // wish to require ALPN for all clients must check |SSL_get0_alpn_selected| |
| // after the handshake. In QUIC connections, this is done automatically. |
| // |
| // The cipher suite is selected before negotiating ALPN. The callback may use |
| // |SSL_get_pending_cipher| to query the cipher suite. This may be used to |
| // implement HTTP/2's cipher suite constraints. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, |
| const uint8_t *in, unsigned in_len, void *arg), |
| void *arg); |
| |
| // SSL_get0_alpn_selected gets the selected ALPN protocol (if any) from |ssl|. |
| // On return it sets |*out_data| to point to |*out_len| bytes of protocol name |
| // (not including the leading length-prefix byte). If the server didn't respond |
| // with a negotiated protocol then |*out_len| will be zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_alpn_selected(const SSL *ssl, |
| const uint8_t **out_data, |
| unsigned *out_len); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_allow_unknown_alpn_protos configures client connections on |ctx| |
| // to allow unknown ALPN protocols from the server. Otherwise, by default, the |
| // client will require that the protocol be advertised in |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_allow_unknown_alpn_protos(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| int enabled); |
| |
| |
| // Application-layer protocol settings |
| // |
| // The ALPS extension (draft-vvv-tls-alps) allows exchanging application-layer |
| // settings in the TLS handshake for applications negotiated with ALPN. Note |
| // that, when ALPS is negotiated, the client and server each advertise their own |
| // settings, so there are functions to both configure setting to send and query |
| // received settings. |
| |
| // SSL_add_application_settings configures |ssl| to enable ALPS with ALPN |
| // protocol |proto|, sending an ALPS value of |settings|. It returns one on |
| // success and zero on error. If |proto| is negotiated via ALPN and the peer |
| // supports ALPS, |settings| will be sent to the peer. The peer's ALPS value can |
| // be retrieved with |SSL_get0_peer_application_settings|. |
| // |
| // On the client, this function should be called before the handshake, once for |
| // each supported ALPN protocol which uses ALPS. |proto| must be included in the |
| // client's ALPN configuration (see |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos| and |
| // |SSL_set_alpn_protos|). On the server, ALPS can be preconfigured for each |
| // protocol as in the client, or configuration can be deferred to the ALPN |
| // callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb|), in which case only the selected |
| // protocol needs to be configured. |
| // |
| // ALPS can be independently configured from 0-RTT, however changes in protocol |
| // settings will fallback to 1-RTT to negotiate the new value, so it is |
| // recommended for |settings| to be relatively stable. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_application_settings(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *proto, |
| size_t proto_len, |
| const uint8_t *settings, |
| size_t settings_len); |
| |
| // SSL_get0_peer_application_settings sets |*out_data| and |*out_len| to a |
| // buffer containing the peer's ALPS value, or the empty string if ALPS was not |
| // negotiated. Note an empty string could also indicate the peer sent an empty |
| // settings value. Use |SSL_has_application_settings| to check if ALPS was |
| // negotiated. The output buffer is owned by |ssl| and is valid until the next |
| // time |ssl| is modified. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_peer_application_settings(const SSL *ssl, |
| const uint8_t **out_data, |
| size_t *out_len); |
| |
| // SSL_has_application_settings returns one if ALPS was negotiated on this |
| // connection and zero otherwise. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_has_application_settings(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_set_alps_use_new_codepoint configures whether to use the new ALPS |
| // codepoint. By default, the old codepoint is used. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_alps_use_new_codepoint(SSL *ssl, int use_new); |
| |
| |
| // Certificate compression. |
| // |
| // Certificates in TLS 1.3 can be compressed (RFC 8879). BoringSSL supports this |
| // as both a client and a server, but does not link against any specific |
| // compression libraries in order to keep dependencies to a minimum. Instead, |
| // hooks for compression and decompression can be installed in an |SSL_CTX| to |
| // enable support. |
| |
| // ssl_cert_compression_func_t is a pointer to a function that performs |
| // compression. It must write the compressed representation of |in| to |out|, |
| // returning one on success and zero on error. The results of compressing |
| // certificates are not cached internally. Implementations may wish to implement |
| // their own cache if they expect it to be useful given the certificates that |
| // they serve. |
| typedef int (*ssl_cert_compression_func_t)(SSL *ssl, CBB *out, |
| const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); |
| |
| // ssl_cert_decompression_func_t is a pointer to a function that performs |
| // decompression. The compressed data from the peer is passed as |in| and the |
| // decompressed result must be exactly |uncompressed_len| bytes long. It returns |
| // one on success, in which case |*out| must be set to the result of |
| // decompressing |in|, or zero on error. Setting |*out| transfers ownership, |
| // i.e. |CRYPTO_BUFFER_free| will be called on |*out| at some point in the |
| // future. The results of decompressions are not cached internally. |
| // Implementations may wish to implement their own cache if they expect it to be |
| // useful. |
| typedef int (*ssl_cert_decompression_func_t)(SSL *ssl, CRYPTO_BUFFER **out, |
| size_t uncompressed_len, |
| const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_add_cert_compression_alg registers a certificate compression |
| // algorithm on |ctx| with ID |alg_id|. (The value of |alg_id| should be an IANA |
| // assigned value and each can only be registered once.) |
| // |
| // One of the function pointers may be NULL to avoid having to implement both |
| // sides of a compression algorithm if you're only going to use it in one |
| // direction. In this case, the unimplemented direction acts like it was never |
| // configured. |
| // |
| // For a server, algorithms are registered in preference order with the most |
| // preferable first. It returns one on success or zero on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_cert_compression_alg( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, uint16_t alg_id, ssl_cert_compression_func_t compress, |
| ssl_cert_decompression_func_t decompress); |
| |
| |
| // Next protocol negotiation. |
| // |
| // The NPN extension (draft-agl-tls-nextprotoneg-03) is the predecessor to ALPN |
| // and deprecated in favor of it. |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb sets a callback that is called when a |
| // TLS server needs a list of supported protocols for Next Protocol Negotiation. |
| // |
| // If the callback wishes to advertise NPN to the client, it should return |
| // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| and then set |*out| and |*out_len| to describe to a |
| // buffer containing a (possibly empty) list of supported protocols in wire |
| // format. That is, each protocol is prefixed with a 1-byte length, then |
| // concatenated. From there, the client will select a protocol, possibly one not |
| // on the server's list. The caller can use |SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated| |
| // after the handshake completes to query the final protocol. |
| // |
| // The returned buffer must remain valid and unmodified for at least the |
| // duration of the |SSL| operation (e.g. |SSL_do_handshake|) that triggered the |
| // callback. |
| // |
| // If the caller wishes not to advertise NPN, it should return |
| // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|. No NPN extension will be included in the ServerHello, |
| // and the TLS server will behave as if it does not implement NPN. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, unsigned *out_len, void *arg), |
| void *arg); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb sets a callback that is called when a client |
| // needs to select a protocol from the server's provided list, passed in wire |
| // format in |in_len| bytes from |in|. The callback can assume that |in| is |
| // syntactically valid. |SSL_select_next_proto| is an optional utility function |
| // which may be useful in implementing this callback. |
| // |
| // On success, the callback should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| and set |*out| and |
| // |*out_len| to describe a buffer containing the selected protocol, or an |
| // empty buffer to select no protocol. The returned buffer may point within |
| // |in|, or it may point to some other buffer that remains valid and unmodified |
| // for at least the duration of the |SSL| operation (e.g. |SSL_do_handshake|) |
| // that triggered the callback. |
| // |
| // Returning any other value indicates a fatal error and will terminate the TLS |
| // connection. To proceed without selecting a protocol, the callback must return |
| // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| and set |*out| and |*out_len| to an empty buffer. (E.g. |
| // NULL and zero, respectively.) |
| // |
| // Configuring this callback enables NPN on a client. Although the callback can |
| // then decline to negotiate a protocol, merely configuring the callback causes |
| // the client to offer NPN in the ClientHello. Callers thus should not configure |
| // this callback in TLS client contexts that are not intended to use NPN. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, const uint8_t *in, |
| unsigned in_len, void *arg), |
| void *arg); |
| |
| // SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated sets |*out_data| and |*out_len| to point to |
| // the client's requested protocol for this connection. If the client didn't |
| // request any protocol, then |*out_len| is set to zero. |
| // |
| // Note that the client can request any protocol it chooses. The value returned |
| // from this function need not be a member of the list of supported protocols |
| // provided by the server. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated(const SSL *ssl, |
| const uint8_t **out_data, |
| unsigned *out_len); |
| |
| // SSL_select_next_proto implements the standard protocol selection for either |
| // ALPN servers or NPN clients. It is expected that this function is called from |
| // the callback set by |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb| or |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb|. |
| // |
| // |peer| and |supported| contain the peer and locally-configured protocols, |
| // respectively. This function finds the first protocol in |peer| which is also |
| // in |supported|. If one was found, it sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to |
| // it and returns |OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED|. Otherwise, it returns |
| // |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP| and sets |*out| and |*out_len| to the first |
| // supported protocol. |
| // |
| // In ALPN, the server should only select protocols among those that the client |
| // offered. Thus, if this function returns |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP|, the caller |
| // should ignore |*out| and return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL| from |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb|'s callback to indicate there was no match. |
| // |
| // In NPN, the client may either select one of the server's protocols, or an |
| // "opportunistic" protocol as described in Section 6 of |
| // draft-agl-tls-nextprotoneg-03. When this function returns |
| // |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP|, |*out| implicitly selects the first supported |
| // protocol for use as the opportunistic protocol. The caller may use it, |
| // ignore it and select a different opportunistic protocol, or ignore it and |
| // select no protocol (empty string). |
| // |
| // |peer| and |supported| must be vectors of 8-bit, length-prefixed byte |
| // strings. The length byte itself is not included in the length. A byte string |
| // of length 0 is invalid. No byte string may be truncated. |supported| must be |
| // non-empty; a caller that supports no ALPN/NPN protocols should skip |
| // negotiating the extension, rather than calling this function. If any of these |
| // preconditions do not hold, this function will return |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP| |
| // and set |*out| and |*out_len| to an empty buffer for robustness, but callers |
| // are not recommended to rely on this. An empty buffer is not a valid output |
| // for |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb|'s callback. |
| // |
| // WARNING: |*out| and |*out_len| may alias either |peer| or |supported| and may |
| // not be used after one of those buffers is modified or released. Additionally, |
| // this function is not const-correct for compatibility reasons. Although |*out| |
| // is a non-const pointer, callers may not modify the buffer though |*out|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_select_next_proto(uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, |
| const uint8_t *peer, unsigned peer_len, |
| const uint8_t *supported, |
| unsigned supported_len); |
| |
| #define OPENSSL_NPN_UNSUPPORTED 0 |
| #define OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED 1 |
| #define OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP 2 |
| |
| |
| // Channel ID. |
| // |
| // See draft-balfanz-tls-channelid-01. This is an old, experimental mechanism |
| // and should not be used in new code. |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_tls_channel_id_enabled configures whether connections associated |
| // with |ctx| should enable Channel ID as a server. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tls_channel_id_enabled(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| int enabled); |
| |
| // SSL_set_tls_channel_id_enabled configures whether |ssl| should enable Channel |
| // ID as a server. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tls_channel_id_enabled(SSL *ssl, int enabled); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id configures a TLS client to send a TLS Channel ID |
| // to compatible servers. |private_key| must be a P-256 EC key. It returns one |
| // on success and zero on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| EVP_PKEY *private_key); |
| |
| // SSL_set1_tls_channel_id configures a TLS client to send a TLS Channel ID to |
| // compatible servers. |private_key| must be a P-256 EC key. It returns one on |
| // success and zero on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY *private_key); |
| |
| // SSL_get_tls_channel_id gets the client's TLS Channel ID from a server |SSL| |
| // and copies up to the first |max_out| bytes into |out|. The Channel ID |
| // consists of the client's P-256 public key as an (x,y) pair where each is a |
| // 32-byte, big-endian field element. It returns 0 if the client didn't offer a |
| // Channel ID and the length of the complete Channel ID otherwise. This function |
| // always returns zero if |ssl| is a client. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, |
| size_t max_out); |
| |
| |
| // DTLS-SRTP. |
| // |
| // See RFC 5764. |
| |
| // srtp_protection_profile_st (aka |SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE|) is an SRTP |
| // profile for use with the use_srtp extension. |
| struct srtp_protection_profile_st { |
| const char *name; |
| unsigned long id; |
| } /* SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE */; |
| |
| DEFINE_CONST_STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) |
| |
| // SRTP_* define constants for SRTP profiles. |
| #define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_80 0x0001 |
| #define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_32 0x0002 |
| #define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_80 0x0003 |
| #define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_32 0x0004 |
| #define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_80 0x0005 |
| #define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_32 0x0006 |
| #define SRTP_AEAD_AES_128_GCM 0x0007 |
| #define SRTP_AEAD_AES_256_GCM 0x0008 |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles enables SRTP for all SSL objects created from |
| // |ctx|. |profile| contains a colon-separated list of profile names. It returns |
| // one on success and zero on failure. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| const char *profiles); |
| |
| // SSL_set_srtp_profiles enables SRTP for |ssl|. |profile| contains a |
| // colon-separated list of profile names. It returns one on success and zero on |
| // failure. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_srtp_profiles(SSL *ssl, const char *profiles); |
| |
| // SSL_get_srtp_profiles returns the SRTP profiles supported by |ssl|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) *SSL_get_srtp_profiles( |
| const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_selected_srtp_profile returns the selected SRTP profile, or NULL if |
| // SRTP was not negotiated. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE *SSL_get_selected_srtp_profile( |
| SSL *ssl); |
| |
| |
| // Pre-shared keys. |
| // |
| // Connections may be configured with PSK (Pre-Shared Key) cipher suites. These |
| // authenticate using out-of-band pre-shared keys rather than certificates. See |
| // RFC 4279. |
| // |
| // This implementation uses NUL-terminated C strings for identities and identity |
| // hints, so values with a NUL character are not supported. (RFC 4279 does not |
| // specify the format of an identity.) |
| |
| // PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN is the maximum supported length of a PSK identity, |
| // excluding the NUL terminator. |
| #define PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN 128 |
| |
| // PSK_MAX_PSK_LEN is the maximum supported length of a pre-shared key. |
| #define PSK_MAX_PSK_LEN 256 |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is |
| // negotiated on the client. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher |
| // suites on the client. |
| // |
| // The callback is passed the identity hint in |hint| or NULL if none was |
| // provided. It should select a PSK identity and write the identity and the |
| // corresponding PSK to |identity| and |psk|, respectively. The identity is |
| // written as a NUL-terminated C string of length (excluding the NUL terminator) |
| // at most |max_identity_len|. The PSK's length must be at most |max_psk_len|. |
| // The callback returns the length of the PSK or 0 if no suitable identity was |
| // found. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, char *identity, |
| unsigned max_identity_len, uint8_t *psk, |
| unsigned max_psk_len)); |
| |
| // SSL_set_psk_client_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is |
| // negotiated on the client. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher |
| // suites on the client. See also |SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_psk_client_callback( |
| SSL *ssl, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, char *identity, |
| unsigned max_identity_len, uint8_t *psk, |
| unsigned max_psk_len)); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is |
| // negotiated on the server. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher |
| // suites on the server. |
| // |
| // The callback is passed the identity in |identity|. It should write a PSK of |
| // length at most |max_psk_len| to |psk| and return the number of bytes written |
| // or zero if the PSK identity is unknown. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, uint8_t *psk, |
| unsigned max_psk_len)); |
| |
| // SSL_set_psk_server_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is |
| // negotiated on the server. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher |
| // suites on the server. See also |SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_psk_server_callback( |
| SSL *ssl, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, uint8_t *psk, |
| unsigned max_psk_len)); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_use_psk_identity_hint configures server connections to advertise an |
| // identity hint of |identity_hint|. It returns one on success and zero on |
| // error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| const char *identity_hint); |
| |
| // SSL_use_psk_identity_hint configures server connections to advertise an |
| // identity hint of |identity_hint|. It returns one on success and zero on |
| // error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL *ssl, |
| const char *identity_hint); |
| |
| // SSL_get_psk_identity_hint returns the PSK identity hint advertised for |ssl| |
| // or NULL if there is none. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_psk_identity_hint(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_psk_identity, after the handshake completes, returns the PSK identity |
| // that was negotiated by |ssl| or NULL if PSK was not used. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_psk_identity(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| |
| // Delegated credentials. |
| // |
| // Delegated credentials (RFC 9345) allow a TLS 1.3 endpoint to use its |
| // certificate to issue new credentials for authentication. Once issued, |
| // credentials can't be revoked. In order to mitigate the damage in case the |
| // credential secret key is compromised, the credential is only valid for a |
| // short time (days, hours, or even minutes). |
| // |
| // Currently only the authenticating side, as a server, is implemented. To |
| // authenticate with delegated credentials, construct an |SSL_CREDENTIAL| with |
| // |SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated| and add it to the credential list. See also |
| // |SSL_CTX_add1_credential|. Callers may configure a mix of delegated |
| // credentials and X.509 credentials on the same |SSL| or |SSL_CTX| to support a |
| // range of clients. |
| |
| // SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated returns a new, empty delegated credential, or |
| // NULL on error. Callers should release the result with |SSL_CREDENTIAL_free| |
| // when done. |
| // |
| // Callers should configure a delegated credential, certificate chain and |
| // private key on the credential, along with other properties, then add it with |
| // |SSL_CTX_add1_credential|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CREDENTIAL *SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated(void); |
| |
| // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_delegated_credential sets |cred|'s delegated credentials |
| // structure to |dc|. It returns one on success and zero on error, including if |
| // |dc| is malformed. This should be a DelegatedCredential structure, signed by |
| // the end-entity certificate, as described in RFC 9345. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_delegated_credential( |
| SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, CRYPTO_BUFFER *dc); |
| |
| |
| // QUIC integration. |
| // |
| // QUIC acts as an underlying transport for the TLS 1.3 handshake. The following |
| // functions allow a QUIC implementation to serve as the underlying transport as |
| // described in RFC 9001. |
| // |
| // When configured for QUIC, |SSL_do_handshake| will drive the handshake as |
| // before, but it will not use the configured |BIO|. It will call functions on |
| // |SSL_QUIC_METHOD| to configure secrets and send data. If data is needed from |
| // the peer, it will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ|. As the caller receives data |
| // it can decrypt, it calls |SSL_provide_quic_data|. Subsequent |
| // |SSL_do_handshake| calls will then consume that data and progress the |
| // handshake. After the handshake is complete, the caller should continue to |
| // call |SSL_provide_quic_data| for any post-handshake data, followed by |
| // |SSL_process_quic_post_handshake| to process it. It is an error to call |
| // |SSL_read| and |SSL_write| in QUIC. |
| // |
| // 0-RTT behaves similarly to |TLS_method|'s usual behavior. |SSL_do_handshake| |
| // returns early as soon as the client (respectively, server) is allowed to send |
| // 0-RTT (respectively, half-RTT) data. The caller should then call |
| // |SSL_do_handshake| again to consume the remaining handshake messages and |
| // confirm the handshake. As a client, |SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED| and |
| // |SSL_reset_early_data_reject| behave as usual. |
| // |
| // See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9001.html#section-4.1 for more details. |
| // |
| // To avoid DoS attacks, the QUIC implementation must limit the amount of data |
| // being queued up. The implementation can call |
| // |SSL_quic_max_handshake_flight_len| to get the maximum buffer length at each |
| // encryption level. |
| // |
| // QUIC implementations must additionally configure transport parameters with |
| // |SSL_set_quic_transport_params|. |SSL_get_peer_quic_transport_params| may be |
| // used to query the value received from the peer. BoringSSL handles this |
| // extension as an opaque byte string. The caller is responsible for serializing |
| // and parsing them. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9000#section-7.4 for |
| // details. |
| // |
| // QUIC additionally imposes restrictions on 0-RTT. In particular, the QUIC |
| // transport layer requires that if a server accepts 0-RTT data, then the |
| // transport parameters sent on the resumed connection must not lower any limits |
| // compared to the transport parameters that the server sent on the connection |
| // where the ticket for 0-RTT was issued. In effect, the server must remember |
| // the transport parameters with the ticket. Application protocols running on |
| // QUIC may impose similar restrictions, for example HTTP/3's restrictions on |
| // SETTINGS frames. |
| // |
| // BoringSSL implements this check by doing a byte-for-byte comparison of an |
| // opaque context passed in by the server. This context must be the same on the |
| // connection where the ticket was issued and the connection where that ticket |
| // is used for 0-RTT. If there is a mismatch, or the context was not set, |
| // BoringSSL will reject early data (but not reject the resumption attempt). |
| // This context is set via |SSL_set_quic_early_data_context| and should cover |
| // both transport parameters and any application state. |
| // |SSL_set_quic_early_data_context| must be called on the server with a |
| // non-empty context if the server is to support 0-RTT in QUIC. |
| // |
| // BoringSSL does not perform any client-side checks on the transport |
| // parameters received from a server that also accepted early data. It is up to |
| // the caller to verify that the received transport parameters do not lower any |
| // limits, and to close the QUIC connection if that is not the case. The same |
| // holds for any application protocol state remembered for 0-RTT, e.g. HTTP/3 |
| // SETTINGS. |
| |
| // ssl_encryption_level_t represents an encryption level in TLS 1.3. Values in |
| // this enum match the first 4 epochs used in DTLS 1.3 (section 6.1). |
| enum ssl_encryption_level_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { |
| ssl_encryption_initial = 0, |
| ssl_encryption_early_data = 1, |
| ssl_encryption_handshake = 2, |
| ssl_encryption_application = 3, |
| }; |
| |
| // ssl_quic_method_st (aka |SSL_QUIC_METHOD|) describes custom QUIC hooks. |
| struct ssl_quic_method_st { |
| // set_read_secret configures the read secret and cipher suite for the given |
| // encryption level. It returns one on success and zero to terminate the |
| // handshake with an error. It will be called at most once per encryption |
| // level. |
| // |
| // BoringSSL will not release read keys before QUIC may use them. Once a level |
| // has been initialized, QUIC may begin processing data from it. Handshake |
| // data should be passed to |SSL_provide_quic_data| and application data (if |
| // |level| is |ssl_encryption_early_data| or |ssl_encryption_application|) may |
| // be processed according to the rules of the QUIC protocol. |
| // |
| // QUIC ACKs packets at the same encryption level they were received at, |
| // except that client |ssl_encryption_early_data| (0-RTT) packets trigger |
| // server |ssl_encryption_application| (1-RTT) ACKs. BoringSSL will always |
| // install ACK-writing keys with |set_write_secret| before the packet-reading |
| // keys with |set_read_secret|. This ensures the caller can always ACK any |
| // packet it decrypts. Note this means the server installs 1-RTT write keys |
| // before 0-RTT read keys. |
| // |
| // The converse is not true. An encryption level may be configured with write |
| // secrets a roundtrip before the corresponding secrets for reading ACKs is |
| // available. |
| int (*set_read_secret)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, |
| const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, const uint8_t *secret, |
| size_t secret_len); |
| // set_write_secret behaves like |set_read_secret| but configures the write |
| // secret and cipher suite for the given encryption level. It will be called |
| // at most once per encryption level. |
| // |
| // BoringSSL will not release write keys before QUIC may use them. If |level| |
| // is |ssl_encryption_early_data| or |ssl_encryption_application|, QUIC may |
| // begin sending application data at |level|. However, note that BoringSSL |
| // configures server |ssl_encryption_application| write keys before the client |
| // Finished. This allows QUIC to send half-RTT data, but the handshake is not |
| // confirmed at this point and, if requesting client certificates, the client |
| // is not yet authenticated. |
| // |
| // See |set_read_secret| for additional invariants between packets and their |
| // ACKs. |
| // |
| // Note that, on 0-RTT reject, the |ssl_encryption_early_data| write secret |
| // may use a different cipher suite from the other keys. |
| int (*set_write_secret)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, |
| const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, const uint8_t *secret, |
| size_t secret_len); |
| // add_handshake_data adds handshake data to the current flight at the given |
| // encryption level. It returns one on success and zero on error. |
| // |
| // BoringSSL will pack data from a single encryption level together, but a |
| // single handshake flight may include multiple encryption levels. Callers |
| // should defer writing data to the network until |flush_flight| to better |
| // pack QUIC packets into transport datagrams. |
| // |
| // If |level| is not |ssl_encryption_initial|, this function will not be |
| // called before |level| is initialized with |set_write_secret|. |
| int (*add_handshake_data)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, |
| const uint8_t *data, size_t len); |
| // flush_flight is called when the current flight is complete and should be |
| // written to the transport. Note a flight may contain data at several |
| // encryption levels. It returns one on success and zero on error. |
| int (*flush_flight)(SSL *ssl); |
| // send_alert sends a fatal alert at the specified encryption level. It |
| // returns one on success and zero on error. |
| // |
| // If |level| is not |ssl_encryption_initial|, this function will not be |
| // called before |level| is initialized with |set_write_secret|. |
| int (*send_alert)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, uint8_t alert); |
| }; |
| |
| // SSL_quic_max_handshake_flight_len returns returns the maximum number of bytes |
| // that may be received at the given encryption level. This function should be |
| // used to limit buffering in the QUIC implementation. |
| // |
| // See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9000#section-7.5 |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_quic_max_handshake_flight_len( |
| const SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level); |
| |
| // SSL_quic_read_level returns the current read encryption level. |
| // |
| // TODO(davidben): Is it still necessary to expose this function to callers? |
| // QUICHE does not use it. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT enum ssl_encryption_level_t SSL_quic_read_level(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_quic_write_level returns the current write encryption level. |
| // |
| // TODO(davidben): Is it still necessary to expose this function to callers? |
| // QUICHE does not use it. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT enum ssl_encryption_level_t SSL_quic_write_level(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_provide_quic_data provides data from QUIC at a particular encryption |
| // level |level|. It returns one on success and zero on error. Note this |
| // function will return zero if the handshake is not expecting data from |level| |
| // at this time. The QUIC implementation should then close the connection with |
| // an error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_provide_quic_data(SSL *ssl, |
| enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, |
| const uint8_t *data, size_t len); |
| |
| |
| // SSL_process_quic_post_handshake processes any data that QUIC has provided |
| // after the handshake has completed. This includes NewSessionTicket messages |
| // sent by the server. It returns one on success and zero on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_process_quic_post_handshake(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_quic_method configures the QUIC hooks. This should only be |
| // configured with a minimum version of TLS 1.3. |quic_method| must remain valid |
| // for the lifetime of |ctx|. It returns one on success and zero on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_quic_method(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| const SSL_QUIC_METHOD *quic_method); |
| |
| // SSL_set_quic_method configures the QUIC hooks. This should only be |
| // configured with a minimum version of TLS 1.3. |quic_method| must remain valid |
| // for the lifetime of |ssl|. It returns one on success and zero on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_quic_method(SSL *ssl, |
| const SSL_QUIC_METHOD *quic_method); |
| |
| // SSL_set_quic_transport_params configures |ssl| to send |params| (of length |
| // |params_len|) in the quic_transport_parameters extension in either the |
| // ClientHello or EncryptedExtensions handshake message. It is an error to set |
| // transport parameters if |ssl| is not configured for QUIC. The buffer pointed |
| // to by |params| only need be valid for the duration of the call to this |
| // function. This function returns 1 on success and 0 on failure. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_quic_transport_params(SSL *ssl, |
| const uint8_t *params, |
| size_t params_len); |
| |
| // SSL_get_peer_quic_transport_params provides the caller with the value of the |
| // quic_transport_parameters extension sent by the peer. A pointer to the buffer |
| // containing the TransportParameters will be put in |*out_params|, and its |
| // length in |*params_len|. This buffer will be valid for the lifetime of the |
| // |SSL|. If no params were received from the peer, |*out_params_len| will be 0. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get_peer_quic_transport_params( |
| const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out_params, size_t *out_params_len); |
| |
| // SSL_set_quic_use_legacy_codepoint configures whether to use the legacy QUIC |
| // extension codepoint 0xffa5 as opposed to the official value 57. Call with |
| // |use_legacy| set to 1 to use 0xffa5 and call with 0 to use 57. By default, |
| // the standard code point is used. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_quic_use_legacy_codepoint(SSL *ssl, int use_legacy); |
| |
| // SSL_set_quic_early_data_context configures a context string in QUIC servers |
| // for accepting early data. If a resumption connection offers early data, the |
| // server will check if the value matches that of the connection which minted |
| // the ticket. If not, resumption still succeeds but early data is rejected. |
| // This should include all QUIC Transport Parameters except ones specified that |
| // the client MUST NOT remember. This should also include any application |
| // protocol-specific state. For HTTP/3, this should be the serialized server |
| // SETTINGS frame and the QUIC Transport Parameters (except the stateless reset |
| // token). |
| // |
| // This function may be called before |SSL_do_handshake| or during server |
| // certificate selection. It returns 1 on success and 0 on failure. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_quic_early_data_context(SSL *ssl, |
| const uint8_t *context, |
| size_t context_len); |
| |
| |
| // Early data. |
| // |
| // WARNING: 0-RTT support in BoringSSL is currently experimental and not fully |
| // implemented. It may cause interoperability or security failures when used. |
| // |
| // Early data, or 0-RTT, is a feature in TLS 1.3 which allows clients to send |
| // data on the first flight during a resumption handshake. This can save a |
| // round-trip in some application protocols. |
| // |
| // WARNING: A 0-RTT handshake has different security properties from normal |
| // handshake, so it is off by default unless opted in. In particular, early data |
| // is replayable by a network attacker. Callers must account for this when |
| // sending or processing data before the handshake is confirmed. See RFC 8446 |
| // for more information. |
| // |
| // As a server, if early data is accepted, |SSL_do_handshake| will complete as |
| // soon as the ClientHello is processed and server flight sent. |SSL_write| may |
| // be used to send half-RTT data. |SSL_read| will consume early data and |
| // transition to 1-RTT data as appropriate. Prior to the transition, |
| // |SSL_in_init| will report the handshake is still in progress. Callers may use |
| // it or |SSL_in_early_data| to defer or reject requests as needed. |
| // |
| // Early data as a client is more complex. If the offered session (see |
| // |SSL_set_session|) is 0-RTT-capable, the handshake will return after sending |
| // the ClientHello. The predicted peer certificates and ALPN protocol will be |
| // available via the usual APIs. |SSL_write| will write early data, up to the |
| // session's limit. Writes past this limit and |SSL_read| will complete the |
| // handshake before continuing. Callers may also call |SSL_do_handshake| again |
| // to complete the handshake sooner. |
| // |
| // If the server accepts early data, the handshake will succeed. |SSL_read| and |
| // |SSL_write| will then act as in a 1-RTT handshake. The peer certificates and |
| // ALPN protocol will be as predicted and need not be re-queried. |
| // |
| // If the server rejects early data, |SSL_do_handshake| (and thus |SSL_read| and |
| // |SSL_write|) will then fail with |SSL_get_error| returning |
| // |SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED|. The caller should treat this as a connection |
| // error and most likely perform a high-level retry. Note the server may still |
| // have processed the early data due to attacker replays. |
| // |
| // To then continue the handshake on the original connection, use |
| // |SSL_reset_early_data_reject|. The connection will then behave as one which |
| // had not yet completed the handshake. This allows a faster retry than making a |
| // fresh connection. |SSL_do_handshake| will complete the full handshake, |
| // possibly resulting in different peer certificates, ALPN protocol, and other |
| // properties. The caller must disregard any values from before the reset and |
| // query again. |
| // |
| // Finally, to implement the fallback described in RFC 8446 appendix D.3, retry |
| // on a fresh connection without 0-RTT if the handshake fails with |
| // |SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_ON_EARLY_DATA|. |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_early_data_enabled sets whether early data is allowed to be used |
| // with resumptions using |ctx|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_early_data_enabled(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled); |
| |
| // SSL_set_early_data_enabled sets whether early data is allowed to be used |
| // with resumptions using |ssl|. See |SSL_CTX_set_early_data_enabled| for more |
| // information. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_early_data_enabled(SSL *ssl, int enabled); |
| |
| // SSL_in_early_data returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake that has |
| // progressed enough to send or receive early data. Clients may call |SSL_write| |
| // to send early data, but |SSL_read| will complete the handshake before |
| // accepting application data. Servers may call |SSL_read| to read early data |
| // and |SSL_write| to send half-RTT data. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_early_data(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_early_data_capable returns whether early data would have been |
| // attempted with |session| if enabled. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_early_data_capable(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_SESSION_copy_without_early_data returns a copy of |session| with early |
| // data disabled. If |session| already does not support early data, it returns |
| // |session| with the reference count increased. The caller takes ownership of |
| // the result and must release it with |SSL_SESSION_free|. |
| // |
| // This function may be used on the client to clear early data support from |
| // existing sessions when the server rejects early data. In particular, |
| // |SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_ON_EARLY_DATA| requires a fresh connection to retry, and |
| // the client would not want 0-RTT enabled for the next connection attempt. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_copy_without_early_data( |
| SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // SSL_early_data_accepted returns whether early data was accepted on the |
| // handshake performed by |ssl|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_early_data_accepted(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_reset_early_data_reject resets |ssl| after an early data reject. All |
| // 0-RTT state is discarded, including any pending |SSL_write| calls. The caller |
| // should treat |ssl| as a logically fresh connection, usually by driving the |
| // handshake to completion using |SSL_do_handshake|. |
| // |
| // It is an error to call this function on an |SSL| object that is not signaling |
| // |SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_reset_early_data_reject(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_ticket_age_skew returns the difference, in seconds, between the |
| // client-sent ticket age and the server-computed value in TLS 1.3 server |
| // connections which resumed a session. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int32_t SSL_get_ticket_age_skew(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // An ssl_early_data_reason_t describes why 0-RTT was accepted or rejected. |
| // These values are persisted to logs. Entries should not be renumbered and |
| // numeric values should never be reused. |
| enum ssl_early_data_reason_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { |
| // The handshake has not progressed far enough for the 0-RTT status to be |
| // known. |
| ssl_early_data_unknown = 0, |
| // 0-RTT is disabled for this connection. |
| ssl_early_data_disabled = 1, |
| // 0-RTT was accepted. |
| ssl_early_data_accepted = 2, |
| // The negotiated protocol version does not support 0-RTT. |
| ssl_early_data_protocol_version = 3, |
| // The peer declined to offer or accept 0-RTT for an unknown reason. |
| ssl_early_data_peer_declined = 4, |
| // The client did not offer a session. |
| ssl_early_data_no_session_offered = 5, |
| // The server declined to resume the session. |
| ssl_early_data_session_not_resumed = 6, |
| // The session does not support 0-RTT. |
| ssl_early_data_unsupported_for_session = 7, |
| // The server sent a HelloRetryRequest. |
| ssl_early_data_hello_retry_request = 8, |
| // The negotiated ALPN protocol did not match the session. |
| ssl_early_data_alpn_mismatch = 9, |
| // The connection negotiated Channel ID, which is incompatible with 0-RTT. |
| ssl_early_data_channel_id = 10, |
| // Value 11 is reserved. (It has historically |ssl_early_data_token_binding|.) |
| // The client and server ticket age were too far apart. |
| ssl_early_data_ticket_age_skew = 12, |
| // QUIC parameters differ between this connection and the original. |
| ssl_early_data_quic_parameter_mismatch = 13, |
| // The application settings did not match the session. |
| ssl_early_data_alps_mismatch = 14, |
| // The value of the largest entry. |
| ssl_early_data_reason_max_value = ssl_early_data_alps_mismatch, |
| }; |
| |
| // SSL_get_early_data_reason returns details why 0-RTT was accepted or rejected |
| // on |ssl|. This is primarily useful on the server. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT enum ssl_early_data_reason_t SSL_get_early_data_reason( |
| const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_early_data_reason_string returns a string representation for |reason|, or |
| // NULL if |reason| is unknown. This function may be used for logging. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_early_data_reason_string( |
| enum ssl_early_data_reason_t reason); |
| |
| |
| // Encrypted ClientHello. |
| // |
| // ECH is a mechanism for encrypting the entire ClientHello message in TLS 1.3. |
| // This can prevent observers from seeing cleartext information about the |
| // connection, such as the server_name extension. |
| // |
| // By default, BoringSSL will treat the server name, session ticket, and client |
| // certificate as secret, but most other parameters, such as the ALPN protocol |
| // list will be treated as public and sent in the cleartext ClientHello. Other |
| // APIs may be added for applications with different secrecy requirements. |
| // |
| // ECH support in BoringSSL is still experimental and under development. |
| // |
| // See https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tls-esni-13. |
| |
| // SSL_set_enable_ech_grease configures whether the client will send a GREASE |
| // ECH extension when no supported ECHConfig is available. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_enable_ech_grease(SSL *ssl, int enable); |
| |
| // SSL_set1_ech_config_list configures |ssl| to, as a client, offer ECH with the |
| // specified configuration. |ech_config_list| should contain a serialized |
| // ECHConfigList structure. It returns one on success and zero on error. |
| // |
| // This function returns an error if the input is malformed. If the input is |
| // valid but none of the ECHConfigs implement supported parameters, it will |
| // return success and proceed without ECH. |
| // |
| // If a supported ECHConfig is found, |ssl| will encrypt the true ClientHello |
| // parameters. If the server cannot decrypt it, e.g. due to a key mismatch, ECH |
| // has a recovery flow. |ssl| will handshake using the cleartext parameters, |
| // including a public name in the ECHConfig. If using |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|, callers should use |SSL_get0_ech_name_override| |
| // to verify the certificate with the public name. If using the built-in |
| // verifier, the |X509_STORE_CTX| will be configured automatically. |
| // |
| // If no other errors are found in this handshake, it will fail with |
| // |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED|. Since it didn't use the true parameters, the connection |
| // cannot be used for application data. Instead, callers should handle this |
| // error by calling |SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs| and retrying the connection |
| // with updated ECH parameters. If the retry also fails with |
| // |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED|, the caller should report a connection failure. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_ech_config_list(SSL *ssl, |
| const uint8_t *ech_config_list, |
| size_t ech_config_list_len); |
| |
| // SSL_get0_ech_name_override, if |ssl| is a client and the server rejected ECH, |
| // sets |*out_name| and |*out_name_len| to point to a buffer containing the ECH |
| // public name. Otherwise, the buffer will be empty. |
| // |
| // When offering ECH as a client, this function should be called during the |
| // certificate verification callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|). If |
| // |*out_name_len| is non-zero, the caller should verify the certificate against |
| // the result, interpreted as a DNS name, rather than the true server name. In |
| // this case, the handshake will never succeed and is only used to authenticate |
| // retry configs. See also |SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ech_name_override(const SSL *ssl, |
| const char **out_name, |
| size_t *out_name_len); |
| |
| // SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs sets |*out_retry_configs| and |
| // |*out_retry_configs_len| to a buffer containing a serialized ECHConfigList. |
| // If the server did not provide an ECHConfigList, |*out_retry_configs_len| will |
| // be zero. |
| // |
| // When handling an |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED| error code as a client, callers should |
| // use this function to recover from potential key mismatches. If the result is |
| // non-empty, the caller should retry the connection, passing this buffer to |
| // |SSL_set1_ech_config_list|. If the result is empty, the server has rolled |
| // back ECH support, and the caller should retry without ECH. |
| // |
| // This function must only be called in response to an |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED| |
| // error code. Calling this function on |ssl|s that have not authenticated the |
| // rejection handshake will assert in debug builds and otherwise return an |
| // unparsable list. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs( |
| const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out_retry_configs, |
| size_t *out_retry_configs_len); |
| |
| // SSL_marshal_ech_config constructs a new serialized ECHConfig. On success, it |
| // sets |*out| to a newly-allocated buffer containing the result and |*out_len| |
| // to the size of the buffer. The caller must call |OPENSSL_free| on |*out| to |
| // release the memory. On failure, it returns zero. |
| // |
| // The |config_id| field is a single byte identifier for the ECHConfig. Reusing |
| // config IDs is allowed, but if multiple ECHConfigs with the same config ID are |
| // active at a time, server load may increase. See |
| // |SSL_ECH_KEYS_has_duplicate_config_id|. |
| // |
| // The public key and KEM algorithm are taken from |key|. |public_name| is the |
| // DNS name used to authenticate the recovery flow. |max_name_len| should be the |
| // length of the longest name in the ECHConfig's anonymity set and influences |
| // client padding decisions. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_marshal_ech_config(uint8_t **out, size_t *out_len, |
| uint8_t config_id, |
| const EVP_HPKE_KEY *key, |
| const char *public_name, |
| size_t max_name_len); |
| |
| // SSL_ECH_KEYS_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL_ECH_KEYS| or NULL on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_ECH_KEYS *SSL_ECH_KEYS_new(void); |
| |
| // SSL_ECH_KEYS_up_ref increments the reference count of |keys|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_ECH_KEYS_up_ref(SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys); |
| |
| // SSL_ECH_KEYS_free releases memory associated with |keys|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_ECH_KEYS_free(SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys); |
| |
| // SSL_ECH_KEYS_add decodes |ech_config| as an ECHConfig and appends it with |
| // |key| to |keys|. If |is_retry_config| is non-zero, this config will be |
| // returned to the client on configuration mismatch. It returns one on success |
| // and zero on error. |
| // |
| // This function should be called successively to register each ECHConfig in |
| // decreasing order of preference. This configuration must be completed before |
| // setting |keys| on an |SSL_CTX| with |SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys|. After that |
| // point, |keys| is immutable; no more ECHConfig values may be added. |
| // |
| // See also |SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ECH_KEYS_add(SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys, int is_retry_config, |
| const uint8_t *ech_config, |
| size_t ech_config_len, |
| const EVP_HPKE_KEY *key); |
| |
| // SSL_ECH_KEYS_has_duplicate_config_id returns one if |keys| has duplicate |
| // config IDs or zero otherwise. Duplicate config IDs still work, but may |
| // increase server load due to trial decryption. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ECH_KEYS_has_duplicate_config_id( |
| const SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys); |
| |
| // SSL_ECH_KEYS_marshal_retry_configs serializes the retry configs in |keys| as |
| // an ECHConfigList. On success, it sets |*out| to a newly-allocated buffer |
| // containing the result and |*out_len| to the size of the buffer. The caller |
| // must call |OPENSSL_free| on |*out| to release the memory. On failure, it |
| // returns zero. |
| // |
| // This output may be advertised to clients in DNS. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ECH_KEYS_marshal_retry_configs(const SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys, |
| uint8_t **out, |
| size_t *out_len); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys configures |ctx| to use |keys| to decrypt encrypted |
| // ClientHellos. It returns one on success, and zero on failure. If |keys| does |
| // not contain any retry configs, this function will fail. Retry configs are |
| // marked as such when they are added to |keys| with |SSL_ECH_KEYS_add|. |
| // |
| // Once |keys| has been passed to this function, it is immutable. Unlike most |
| // |SSL_CTX| configuration functions, this function may be called even if |ctx| |
| // already has associated connections on multiple threads. This may be used to |
| // rotate keys in a long-lived server process. |
| // |
| // The configured ECHConfig values should also be advertised out-of-band via DNS |
| // (see draft-ietf-dnsop-svcb-https). Before advertising an ECHConfig in DNS, |
| // deployments should ensure all instances of the service are configured with |
| // the ECHConfig and corresponding private key. |
| // |
| // Only the most recent fully-deployed ECHConfigs should be advertised in DNS. |
| // |keys| may contain a newer set if those ECHConfigs are mid-deployment. It |
| // should also contain older sets, until the DNS change has rolled out and the |
| // old records have expired from caches. |
| // |
| // If there is a mismatch, |SSL| objects associated with |ctx| will complete the |
| // handshake using the cleartext ClientHello and send updated ECHConfig values |
| // to the client. The client will then retry to recover, but with a latency |
| // penalty. This recovery flow depends on the public name in the ECHConfig. |
| // Before advertising an ECHConfig in DNS, deployments must ensure all instances |
| // of the service can present a valid certificate for the public name. |
| // |
| // BoringSSL negotiates ECH before certificate selection callbacks are called, |
| // including |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|. If ECH is negotiated, the |
| // reported |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO| structure and |SSL_get_servername| function will |
| // transparently reflect the inner ClientHello. Callers should select parameters |
| // based on these values to correctly handle ECH as well as the recovery flow. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys); |
| |
| // SSL_ech_accepted returns one if |ssl| negotiated ECH and zero otherwise. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ech_accepted(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| |
| // Alerts. |
| // |
| // TLS uses alerts to signal error conditions. Alerts have a type (warning or |
| // fatal) and description. OpenSSL internally handles fatal alerts with |
| // dedicated error codes (see |SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET|). Except for close_notify, |
| // warning alerts are silently ignored and may only be surfaced with |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. |
| |
| // SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET is the offset between error reasons and |SSL_AD_*| |
| // values. Any error code under |ERR_LIB_SSL| with an error reason above this |
| // value corresponds to an alert description. Consumers may add or subtract |
| // |SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET| to convert between them. |
| // |
| // make_errors.go reserves error codes above 1000 for manually-assigned errors. |
| // This value must be kept in sync with reservedReasonCode in make_errors.h |
| #define SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET 1000 |
| |
| // SSL_AD_* are alert descriptions. |
| #define SSL_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY SSL3_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY |
| #define SSL_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE SSL3_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE |
| #define SSL_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC SSL3_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC |
| #define SSL_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED TLS1_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED |
| #define SSL_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW TLS1_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW |
| #define SSL_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE SSL3_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE |
| #define SSL_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE SSL3_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE |
| #define SSL_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE // Legacy SSL 3.0 value |
| #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE |
| #define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE |
| #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED |
| #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED |
| #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN |
| #define SSL_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER SSL3_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER |
| #define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_CA TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_CA |
| #define SSL_AD_ACCESS_DENIED TLS1_AD_ACCESS_DENIED |
| #define SSL_AD_DECODE_ERROR TLS1_AD_DECODE_ERROR |
| #define SSL_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR TLS1_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR |
| #define SSL_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION TLS1_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION |
| #define SSL_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION TLS1_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION |
| #define SSL_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY TLS1_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY |
| #define SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR TLS1_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR |
| #define SSL_AD_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK SSL3_AD_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK |
| #define SSL_AD_USER_CANCELLED TLS1_AD_USER_CANCELLED |
| #define SSL_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION TLS1_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION |
| #define SSL_AD_MISSING_EXTENSION TLS1_AD_MISSING_EXTENSION |
| #define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION TLS1_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION |
| #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE TLS1_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE |
| #define SSL_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME TLS1_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME |
| #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE \ |
| TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE |
| #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE |
| #define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY |
| #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED TLS1_AD_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED |
| #define SSL_AD_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL TLS1_AD_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL |
| #define SSL_AD_ECH_REQUIRED TLS1_AD_ECH_REQUIRED |
| |
| // SSL_alert_type_string_long returns a string description of |value| as an |
| // alert type (warning or fatal). |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_type_string_long(int value); |
| |
| // SSL_alert_desc_string_long returns a string description of |value| as an |
| // alert description or "unknown" if unknown. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_desc_string_long(int value); |
| |
| // SSL_send_fatal_alert sends a fatal alert over |ssl| of the specified type, |
| // which should be one of the |SSL_AD_*| constants. It returns one on success |
| // and <= 0 on error. The caller should pass the return value into |
| // |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. Once this function has been |
| // called, future calls to |SSL_write| will fail. |
| // |
| // If retrying a failed operation due to |SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE|, subsequent |
| // calls must use the same |alert| parameter. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_send_fatal_alert(SSL *ssl, uint8_t alert); |
| |
| |
| // ex_data functions. |
| // |
| // See |ex_data.h| for details. |
| |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_ex_data(SSL *ssl, int idx, void *data); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_get_ex_data(const SSL *ssl, int idx); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, |
| CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused, |
| CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused, |
| CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); |
| |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(SSL_SESSION *session, int idx, |
| void *data); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(const SSL_SESSION *session, |
| int idx); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, |
| CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused, |
| CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused, |
| CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); |
| |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(SSL_CTX *ctx, int idx, void *data); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(const SSL_CTX *ctx, int idx); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, |
| CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused, |
| CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused, |
| CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); |
| |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_ex_data(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, int idx, |
| void *data); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_CREDENTIAL_get_ex_data(const SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, |
| int idx); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, |
| CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused, |
| CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused, |
| CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); |
| |
| |
| // Low-level record-layer state. |
| |
| // SSL_get_ivs sets |*out_iv_len| to the length of the IVs for the ciphers |
| // underlying |ssl| and sets |*out_read_iv| and |*out_write_iv| to point to the |
| // current IVs for the read and write directions. This is only meaningful for |
| // connections with implicit IVs (i.e. CBC mode with TLS 1.0). |
| // |
| // It returns one on success or zero on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ivs(const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out_read_iv, |
| const uint8_t **out_write_iv, |
| size_t *out_iv_len); |
| |
| // SSL_get_key_block_len returns the length of |ssl|'s key block, for TLS 1.2 |
| // and below. It is an error to call this function during a handshake, or if |
| // |ssl| negotiated TLS 1.3. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_key_block_len(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_generate_key_block generates |out_len| bytes of key material for |ssl|'s |
| // current connection state, for TLS 1.2 and below. It is an error to call this |
| // function during a handshake, or if |ssl| negotiated TLS 1.3. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_generate_key_block(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, |
| size_t out_len); |
| |
| // SSL_get_read_sequence returns, in TLS, the expected sequence number of the |
| // next incoming record in the current epoch. In DTLS, it returns the maximum |
| // sequence number received in the current epoch and includes the epoch number |
| // in the two most significant bytes. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_get_read_sequence(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_write_sequence returns the sequence number of the next outgoing |
| // record in the current epoch. In DTLS, it includes the epoch number in the |
| // two most significant bytes. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_get_write_sequence(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_record_protocol_version returns whether |version| is zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_record_protocol_version(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| int version); |
| |
| |
| // Handshake hints. |
| // |
| // WARNING: Contact the BoringSSL team before using this API. While this |
| // mechanism was designed to gracefully recover from version skew and |
| // configuration mismatch, splitting a single TLS server into multiple services |
| // is complex. |
| // |
| // Some server deployments make asynchronous RPC calls in both ClientHello |
| // dispatch and private key operations. In TLS handshakes where the private key |
| // operation occurs in the first round-trip, this results in two consecutive RPC |
| // round-trips. Handshake hints allow the RPC service to predict a signature. |
| // If correctly predicted, this can skip the second RPC call. |
| // |
| // First, the server installs a certificate selection callback (see |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|). When that is called, it performs the |
| // RPC as before, but includes the ClientHello and a capabilities string from |
| // |SSL_serialize_capabilities|. |
| // |
| // Next, the RPC service creates its own |SSL| object, applies the results of |
| // certificate selection, calls |SSL_request_handshake_hints|, and runs the |
| // handshake. If this successfully computes handshake hints (see |
| // |SSL_serialize_handshake_hints|), the RPC server should send the hints |
| // alongside any certificate selection results. |
| // |
| // Finally, the server calls |SSL_set_handshake_hints| and applies any |
| // configuration from the RPC server. It then completes the handshake as before. |
| // If the hints apply, BoringSSL will use the predicted signature and skip the |
| // private key callbacks. Otherwise, BoringSSL will call private key callbacks |
| // to generate a signature as before. |
| // |
| // Callers should synchronize configuration across the two services. |
| // Configuration mismatches and some cases of version skew are not fatal, but |
| // may result in the hints not applying. Additionally, some handshake flows use |
| // the private key in later round-trips, such as TLS 1.3 HelloRetryRequest. In |
| // those cases, BoringSSL will not predict a signature as there is no benefit. |
| // Callers must allow for handshakes to complete without a predicted signature. |
| |
| // SSL_serialize_capabilities writes an opaque byte string to |out| describing |
| // some of |ssl|'s capabilities. It returns one on success and zero on error. |
| // |
| // This string is used by BoringSSL internally to reduce the impact of version |
| // skew. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_serialize_capabilities(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out); |
| |
| // SSL_request_handshake_hints configures |ssl| to generate a handshake hint for |
| // |client_hello|. It returns one on success and zero on error. |client_hello| |
| // should contain a serialized ClientHello structure, from the |client_hello| |
| // and |client_hello_len| fields of the |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO| structure. |
| // |capabilities| should contain the output of |SSL_serialize_capabilities|. |
| // |
| // When configured, |ssl| will perform no I/O (so there is no need to configure |
| // |BIO|s). For QUIC, the caller should still configure an |SSL_QUIC_METHOD|, |
| // but the callbacks themselves will never be called and may be left NULL or |
| // report failure. |SSL_provide_quic_data| also should not be called. |
| // |
| // If hint generation is successful, |SSL_do_handshake| will stop the handshake |
| // early with |SSL_get_error| returning |SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY|. At |
| // this point, the caller should run |SSL_serialize_handshake_hints| to extract |
| // the resulting hints. |
| // |
| // Hint generation may fail if, e.g., |ssl| was unable to process the |
| // ClientHello. Callers should then complete the certificate selection RPC and |
| // continue the original handshake with no hint. It will likely fail, but this |
| // reports the correct alert to the client and is more robust in case of |
| // mismatch. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_request_handshake_hints(SSL *ssl, |
| const uint8_t *client_hello, |
| size_t client_hello_len, |
| const uint8_t *capabilities, |
| size_t capabilities_len); |
| |
| // SSL_serialize_handshake_hints writes an opaque byte string to |out| |
| // containing the handshake hints computed by |out|. It returns one on success |
| // and zero on error. This function should only be called if |
| // |SSL_request_handshake_hints| was configured and the handshake terminated |
| // with |SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY|. |
| // |
| // This string may be passed to |SSL_set_handshake_hints| on another |SSL| to |
| // avoid an extra signature call. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_serialize_handshake_hints(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out); |
| |
| // SSL_set_handshake_hints configures |ssl| to use |hints| as handshake hints. |
| // It returns one on success and zero on error. The handshake will then continue |
| // as before, but apply predicted values from |hints| where applicable. |
| // |
| // Hints may contain connection and session secrets, so they must not leak and |
| // must come from a source trusted to terminate the connection. However, they |
| // will not change |ssl|'s configuration. The caller is responsible for |
| // serializing and applying options from the RPC server as needed. This ensures |
| // |ssl|'s behavior is self-consistent and consistent with the caller's local |
| // decisions. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_handshake_hints(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *hints, |
| size_t hints_len); |
| |
| |
| // Obscure functions. |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback installs |cb| as the message callback for |ctx|. |
| // This callback will be called when sending or receiving low-level record |
| // headers, complete handshake messages, ChangeCipherSpec, alerts, and DTLS |
| // ACKs. |write_p| is one for outgoing messages and zero for incoming messages. |
| // |
| // For each record header, |cb| is called with |version| = 0 and |content_type| |
| // = |SSL3_RT_HEADER|. The |len| bytes from |buf| contain the header. Note that |
| // this does not include the record body. If the record is sealed, the length |
| // in the header is the length of the ciphertext. |
| // |
| // For each handshake message, ChangeCipherSpec, alert, and DTLS ACK, |version| |
| // is the protocol version and |content_type| is the corresponding record type. |
| // The |len| bytes from |buf| contain the handshake message, one-byte |
| // ChangeCipherSpec body, two-byte alert, and ACK respectively. |
| // |
| // In connections that enable ECH, |cb| is additionally called with |
| // |content_type| = |SSL3_RT_CLIENT_HELLO_INNER| for each ClientHelloInner that |
| // is encrypted or decrypted. The |len| bytes from |buf| contain the |
| // ClientHelloInner, including the reconstructed outer extensions and handshake |
| // header. |
| // |
| // For a V2ClientHello, |version| is |SSL2_VERSION|, |content_type| is zero, and |
| // the |len| bytes from |buf| contain the V2ClientHello structure. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(int is_write, int version, int content_type, |
| const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg)); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg sets the |arg| parameter of the message |
| // callback. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg); |
| |
| // SSL_set_msg_callback installs |cb| as the message callback of |ssl|. See |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback| for when this callback is called. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_msg_callback( |
| SSL *ssl, void (*cb)(int write_p, int version, int content_type, |
| const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg)); |
| |
| // SSL_set_msg_callback_arg sets the |arg| parameter of the message callback. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_msg_callback_arg(SSL *ssl, void *arg); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback configures a callback to log key material. This |
| // is intended for debugging use with tools like Wireshark. The |cb| function |
| // should log |line| followed by a newline, synchronizing with any concurrent |
| // access to the log. |
| // |
| // The format is described in |
| // https://www.ietf.org/archive/id/draft-ietf-tls-keylogfile-01.html |
| // |
| // WARNING: The data in |line| allows an attacker to break security properties |
| // of the TLS protocol, including confidentiality, integrity, and forward |
| // secrecy. This impacts both the current connection, and, in TLS 1.2, future |
| // connections that resume a session from it. Both direct access to the data and |
| // side channel leaks from application code are possible attack vectors. This |
| // callback is intended for debugging and should not be used in production |
| // connections. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, |
| const char *line)); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_keylog_callback returns the callback configured by |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_get_keylog_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx))( |
| const SSL *ssl, const char *line); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_current_time_cb configures a callback to retrieve the current |
| // time, which should be set in |*out_clock|. This can be used for testing |
| // purposes; for example, a callback can be configured that returns a time |
| // set explicitly by the test. The |ssl| pointer passed to |cb| is always null. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_current_time_cb( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, struct timeval *out_clock)); |
| |
| // SSL_set_shed_handshake_config allows some of the configuration of |ssl| to be |
| // freed after its handshake completes. Once configuration has been shed, APIs |
| // that query it may fail. "Configuration" in this context means anything that |
| // was set by the caller, as distinct from information derived from the |
| // handshake. For example, |SSL_get_ciphers| queries how the |SSL| was |
| // configured by the caller, and fails after configuration has been shed, |
| // whereas |SSL_get_cipher| queries the result of the handshake, and is |
| // unaffected by configuration shedding. |
| // |
| // If configuration shedding is enabled, it is an error to call |SSL_clear|. |
| // |
| // Note that configuration shedding as a client additionally depends on |
| // renegotiation being disabled (see |SSL_set_renegotiate_mode|). If |
| // renegotiation is possible, the configuration will be retained. If |
| // configuration shedding is enabled and renegotiation later disabled after the |
| // handshake, |SSL_set_renegotiate_mode| will shed configuration then. This may |
| // be useful for clients which support renegotiation with some ALPN protocols, |
| // such as HTTP/1.1, and not others, such as HTTP/2. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_shed_handshake_config(SSL *ssl, int enable); |
| |
| enum ssl_renegotiate_mode_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { |
| ssl_renegotiate_never = 0, |
| ssl_renegotiate_once, |
| ssl_renegotiate_freely, |
| ssl_renegotiate_ignore, |
| ssl_renegotiate_explicit, |
| }; |
| |
| // SSL_set_renegotiate_mode configures how |ssl|, a client, reacts to |
| // renegotiation attempts by a server. If |ssl| is a server, peer-initiated |
| // renegotiations are *always* rejected and this function does nothing. |
| // |
| // WARNING: Renegotiation is error-prone, complicates TLS's security properties, |
| // and increases its attack surface. When enabled, many common assumptions about |
| // BoringSSL's behavior no longer hold, and the calling application must handle |
| // more cases. Renegotiation is also incompatible with many application |
| // protocols, e.g. section 9.2.1 of RFC 7540. Many functions behave in ambiguous |
| // or undefined ways during a renegotiation. |
| // |
| // The renegotiation mode defaults to |ssl_renegotiate_never|, but may be set |
| // at any point in a connection's lifetime. Set it to |ssl_renegotiate_once| to |
| // allow one renegotiation, |ssl_renegotiate_freely| to allow all |
| // renegotiations or |ssl_renegotiate_ignore| to ignore HelloRequest messages. |
| // Note that ignoring HelloRequest messages may cause the connection to stall |
| // if the server waits for the renegotiation to complete. |
| // |
| // If set to |ssl_renegotiate_explicit|, |SSL_read| and |SSL_peek| calls which |
| // encounter a HelloRequest will pause with |SSL_ERROR_WANT_RENEGOTIATE|. |
| // |SSL_write| will continue to work while paused. The caller may call |
| // |SSL_renegotiate| to begin the renegotiation at a later point. This mode may |
| // be used if callers wish to eagerly call |SSL_peek| without triggering a |
| // renegotiation. |
| // |
| // If configuration shedding is enabled (see |SSL_set_shed_handshake_config|), |
| // configuration is released if, at any point after the handshake, renegotiation |
| // is disabled. It is not possible to switch from disabling renegotiation to |
| // enabling it on a given connection. Callers that condition renegotiation on, |
| // e.g., ALPN must enable renegotiation before the handshake and conditionally |
| // disable it afterwards. |
| // |
| // When enabled, renegotiation can cause properties of |ssl|, such as the cipher |
| // suite, to change during the lifetime of the connection. More over, during a |
| // renegotiation, not all properties of the new handshake are available or fully |
| // established. In BoringSSL, most functions, such as |SSL_get_current_cipher|, |
| // report information from the most recently completed handshake, not the |
| // pending one. However, renegotiation may rerun handshake callbacks, such as |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb|. Such callbacks must ensure they are acting on the |
| // desired versions of each property. |
| // |
| // BoringSSL does not reverify peer certificates on renegotiation and instead |
| // requires they match between handshakes, so certificate verification callbacks |
| // (see |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|) may assume |ssl| is in the initial |
| // handshake and use |SSL_get0_peer_certificates|, etc. |
| // |
| // There is no support in BoringSSL for initiating renegotiations as a client |
| // or server. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_renegotiate_mode(SSL *ssl, |
| enum ssl_renegotiate_mode_t mode); |
| |
| // SSL_renegotiate starts a deferred renegotiation on |ssl| if it was configured |
| // with |ssl_renegotiate_explicit| and has a pending HelloRequest. It returns |
| // one on success and zero on error. |
| // |
| // This function does not do perform any I/O. On success, a subsequent |
| // |SSL_do_handshake| call will run the handshake. |SSL_write| and |
| // |SSL_read| will also complete the handshake before sending or receiving |
| // application data. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_renegotiate(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_renegotiate_pending returns one if |ssl| is in the middle of a |
| // renegotiation. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_renegotiate_pending(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_total_renegotiations returns the total number of renegotiation handshakes |
| // performed by |ssl|. This includes the pending renegotiation, if any. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_total_renegotiations(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT is the default maximum length, in bytes, of a peer |
| // certificate chain. |
| #define SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT (1024 * 100) |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list returns the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer |
| // certificate chain accepted by |ctx|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list sets the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer |
| // certificate chain to |max_cert_list|. This affects how much memory may be |
| // consumed during the handshake. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| size_t max_cert_list); |
| |
| // SSL_get_max_cert_list returns the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer |
| // certificate chain accepted by |ssl|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_max_cert_list(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_set_max_cert_list sets the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer |
| // certificate chain to |max_cert_list|. This affects how much memory may be |
| // consumed during the handshake. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_max_cert_list(SSL *ssl, size_t max_cert_list); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment sets the maximum length, in bytes, of records |
| // sent by |ctx|. Beyond this length, handshake messages and application data |
| // will be split into multiple records. It returns one on success or zero on |
| // error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| size_t max_send_fragment); |
| |
| // SSL_set_max_send_fragment sets the maximum length, in bytes, of records sent |
| // by |ssl|. Beyond this length, handshake messages and application data will |
| // be split into multiple records. It returns one on success or zero on |
| // error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_max_send_fragment(SSL *ssl, |
| size_t max_send_fragment); |
| |
| // ssl_early_callback_ctx (aka |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO|) is passed to certain |
| // callbacks that are called very early on during the server handshake. At this |
| // point, much of the SSL* hasn't been filled out and only the ClientHello can |
| // be depended on. |
| struct ssl_early_callback_ctx { |
| SSL *ssl; |
| const uint8_t *client_hello; |
| size_t client_hello_len; |
| uint16_t version; |
| const uint8_t *random; |
| size_t random_len; |
| const uint8_t *session_id; |
| size_t session_id_len; |
| const uint8_t *cipher_suites; |
| size_t cipher_suites_len; |
| const uint8_t *compression_methods; |
| size_t compression_methods_len; |
| const uint8_t *extensions; |
| size_t extensions_len; |
| } /* SSL_CLIENT_HELLO */; |
| |
| // ssl_select_cert_result_t enumerates the possible results from selecting a |
| // certificate with |select_certificate_cb|. |
| enum ssl_select_cert_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { |
| // ssl_select_cert_success indicates that the certificate selection was |
| // successful. |
| ssl_select_cert_success = 1, |
| // ssl_select_cert_retry indicates that the operation could not be |
| // immediately completed and must be reattempted at a later point. |
| ssl_select_cert_retry = 0, |
| // ssl_select_cert_error indicates that a fatal error occured and the |
| // handshake should be terminated. |
| ssl_select_cert_error = -1, |
| // ssl_select_cert_disable_ech indicates that, although an encrypted |
| // ClientHelloInner was decrypted, it should be discarded. The certificate |
| // selection callback will then be called again, passing in the |
| // ClientHelloOuter instead. From there, the handshake will proceed |
| // without retry_configs, to signal to the client to disable ECH. |
| // |
| // This value may only be returned when |SSL_ech_accepted| returnes one. It |
| // may be useful if the ClientHelloInner indicated a service which does not |
| // support ECH, e.g. if it is a TLS-1.2 only service. |
| ssl_select_cert_disable_ech = -2, |
| }; |
| |
| // SSL_early_callback_ctx_extension_get searches the extensions in |
| // |client_hello| for an extension of the given type. If not found, it returns |
| // zero. Otherwise it sets |out_data| to point to the extension contents (not |
| // including the type and length bytes), sets |out_len| to the length of the |
| // extension contents and returns one. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_early_callback_ctx_extension_get( |
| const SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *client_hello, uint16_t extension_type, |
| const uint8_t **out_data, size_t *out_len); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb sets a callback that is called before most |
| // ClientHello processing and before the decision whether to resume a session |
| // is made. The callback may inspect the ClientHello and configure the |
| // connection. See |ssl_select_cert_result_t| for details of the return values. |
| // |
| // In the case that a retry is indicated, |SSL_get_error| will return |
| // |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE| and the caller should arrange for the |
| // high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried at a later time, which will |
| // result in another call to |cb|. |
| // |
| // |SSL_get_servername| may be used during this callback. |
| // |
| // Note: The |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO| is only valid for the duration of the callback |
| // and is not valid while the handshake is paused. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| enum ssl_select_cert_result_t (*cb)(const SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *)); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_dos_protection_cb sets a callback that is called once the |
| // resumption decision for a ClientHello has been made. It can return one to |
| // allow the handshake to continue or zero to cause the handshake to abort. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_dos_protection_cb( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(const SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *)); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_reverify_on_resume configures whether the certificate |
| // verification callback will be used to reverify stored certificates |
| // when resuming a session. This only works with |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|. |
| // For now, this is incompatible with |SSL_VERIFY_NONE| mode, and is only |
| // respected on clients. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_reverify_on_resume(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled); |
| |
| // SSL_set_enforce_rsa_key_usage configures whether, when |ssl| is a client |
| // negotiating TLS 1.2 or below, the keyUsage extension of RSA leaf server |
| // certificates will be checked for consistency with the TLS usage. In all other |
| // cases, this check is always enabled. |
| // |
| // This parameter may be set late; it will not be read until after the |
| // certificate verification callback. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_enforce_rsa_key_usage(SSL *ssl, int enabled); |
| |
| // SSL_was_key_usage_invalid returns one if |ssl|'s handshake succeeded despite |
| // using TLS parameters which were incompatible with the leaf certificate's |
| // keyUsage extension. Otherwise, it returns zero. |
| // |
| // If |SSL_set_enforce_rsa_key_usage| is enabled or not applicable, this |
| // function will always return zero because key usages will be consistently |
| // checked. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_was_key_usage_invalid(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_ST_* are possible values for |SSL_state|, the bitmasks that make them up, |
| // and some historical values for compatibility. Only |SSL_ST_INIT| and |
| // |SSL_ST_OK| are ever returned. |
| #define SSL_ST_CONNECT 0x1000 |
| #define SSL_ST_ACCEPT 0x2000 |
| #define SSL_ST_MASK 0x0FFF |
| #define SSL_ST_INIT (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_ST_ACCEPT) |
| #define SSL_ST_OK 0x03 |
| #define SSL_ST_RENEGOTIATE (0x04 | SSL_ST_INIT) |
| #define SSL_ST_BEFORE (0x05 | SSL_ST_INIT) |
| |
| // TLS_ST_* are aliases for |SSL_ST_*| for OpenSSL 1.1.0 compatibility. |
| #define TLS_ST_OK SSL_ST_OK |
| #define TLS_ST_BEFORE SSL_ST_BEFORE |
| |
| // SSL_CB_* are possible values for the |type| parameter in the info |
| // callback and the bitmasks that make them up. |
| #define SSL_CB_LOOP 0x01 |
| #define SSL_CB_EXIT 0x02 |
| #define SSL_CB_READ 0x04 |
| #define SSL_CB_WRITE 0x08 |
| #define SSL_CB_ALERT 0x4000 |
| #define SSL_CB_READ_ALERT (SSL_CB_ALERT | SSL_CB_READ) |
| #define SSL_CB_WRITE_ALERT (SSL_CB_ALERT | SSL_CB_WRITE) |
| #define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_LOOP (SSL_ST_ACCEPT | SSL_CB_LOOP) |
| #define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT (SSL_ST_ACCEPT | SSL_CB_EXIT) |
| #define SSL_CB_CONNECT_LOOP (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_CB_LOOP) |
| #define SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_CB_EXIT) |
| #define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_START 0x10 |
| #define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE 0x20 |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_info_callback configures a callback to be run when various |
| // events occur during a connection's lifetime. The |type| argument determines |
| // the type of event and the meaning of the |value| argument. Callbacks must |
| // ignore unexpected |type| values. |
| // |
| // |SSL_CB_READ_ALERT| is signaled for each alert received, warning or fatal. |
| // The |value| argument is a 16-bit value where the alert level (either |
| // |SSL3_AL_WARNING| or |SSL3_AL_FATAL|) is in the most-significant eight bits |
| // and the alert type (one of |SSL_AD_*|) is in the least-significant eight. |
| // |
| // |SSL_CB_WRITE_ALERT| is signaled for each alert sent. The |value| argument |
| // is constructed as with |SSL_CB_READ_ALERT|. |
| // |
| // |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_START| is signaled when a handshake begins. The |value| |
| // argument is always one. |
| // |
| // |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE| is signaled when a handshake completes successfully. |
| // The |value| argument is always one. If a handshake False Starts, this event |
| // may be used to determine when the Finished message is received. |
| // |
| // The following event types expose implementation details of the handshake |
| // state machine. Consuming them is deprecated. |
| // |
| // |SSL_CB_ACCEPT_LOOP| (respectively, |SSL_CB_CONNECT_LOOP|) is signaled when |
| // a server (respectively, client) handshake progresses. The |value| argument |
| // is always one. |
| // |
| // |SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT| (respectively, |SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT|) is signaled when |
| // a server (respectively, client) handshake completes, fails, or is paused. |
| // The |value| argument is one if the handshake succeeded and <= 0 |
| // otherwise. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_info_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, |
| int type, int value)); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_info_callback returns the callback set by |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_get_info_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx))(const SSL *ssl, |
| int type, |
| int value); |
| |
| // SSL_set_info_callback configures a callback to be run at various events |
| // during a connection's lifetime. See |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_info_callback(SSL *ssl, |
| void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, int type, |
| int value)); |
| |
| // SSL_get_info_callback returns the callback set by |SSL_set_info_callback|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_get_info_callback(const SSL *ssl))(const SSL *ssl, |
| int type, |
| int value); |
| |
| // SSL_state_string_long returns the current state of the handshake state |
| // machine as a string. This may be useful for debugging and logging. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_state_string_long(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| #define SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN 1 |
| #define SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN 2 |
| |
| // SSL_get_shutdown returns a bitmask with a subset of |SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN| and |
| // |SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN| to query whether close_notify was sent or received, |
| // respectively. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_shutdown(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_peer_signature_algorithm returns the signature algorithm used by the |
| // peer. If not applicable, it returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_peer_signature_algorithm(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_client_random writes up to |max_out| bytes of the most recent |
| // handshake's client_random to |out| and returns the number of bytes written. |
| // If |max_out| is zero, it returns the size of the client_random. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_client_random(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, |
| size_t max_out); |
| |
| // SSL_get_server_random writes up to |max_out| bytes of the most recent |
| // handshake's server_random to |out| and returns the number of bytes written. |
| // If |max_out| is zero, it returns the size of the server_random. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_server_random(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, |
| size_t max_out); |
| |
| // SSL_get_pending_cipher returns the cipher suite for the current handshake or |
| // NULL if one has not been negotiated yet or there is no pending handshake. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_pending_cipher(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs, on a server, sets whether only |
| // the SHA-256 hash of peer's certificate should be saved in memory and in the |
| // session. This can save memory, ticket size and session cache space. If |
| // enabled, |SSL_get_peer_certificate| will return NULL after the handshake |
| // completes. See |SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256| and |
| // |SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256| to query the hash. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs(SSL *ssl, |
| int enable); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs, on a server, sets whether |
| // only the SHA-256 hash of peer's certificate should be saved in memory and in |
| // the session. This can save memory, ticket size and session cache space. If |
| // enabled, |SSL_get_peer_certificate| will return NULL after the handshake |
| // completes. See |SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256| and |
| // |SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256| to query the hash. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| int enable); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_grease_enabled configures whether sockets on |ctx| should enable |
| // GREASE. See RFC 8701. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_grease_enabled(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_permute_extensions configures whether sockets on |ctx| should |
| // permute extensions. For now, this is only implemented for the ClientHello. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_permute_extensions(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled); |
| |
| // SSL_set_permute_extensions configures whether sockets on |ssl| should |
| // permute extensions. For now, this is only implemented for the ClientHello. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_permute_extensions(SSL *ssl, int enabled); |
| |
| // SSL_max_seal_overhead returns the maximum overhead, in bytes, of sealing a |
| // record with |ssl|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_max_seal_overhead(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_false_start_allowed_without_alpn configures whether connections |
| // on |ctx| may use False Start (if |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START| is enabled) |
| // without negotiating ALPN. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_false_start_allowed_without_alpn(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| int allowed); |
| |
| // SSL_used_hello_retry_request returns one if the TLS 1.3 HelloRetryRequest |
| // message has been either sent by the server or received by the client. It |
| // returns zero otherwise. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_used_hello_retry_request(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_set_jdk11_workaround configures whether to workaround various bugs in |
| // JDK 11's TLS 1.3 implementation by disabling TLS 1.3 for such clients. |
| // |
| // https://bugs.openjdk.java.net/browse/JDK-8211806 |
| // https://bugs.openjdk.java.net/browse/JDK-8212885 |
| // https://bugs.openjdk.java.net/browse/JDK-8213202 |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_jdk11_workaround(SSL *ssl, int enable); |
| |
| // SSL_set_check_client_certificate_type configures whether the client, in |
| // TLS 1.2 and below, will check its certificate against the server's requested |
| // certificate types. |
| // |
| // By default, this option is enabled. If disabled, certificate selection within |
| // the library may not function correctly. This flag is provided temporarily in |
| // case of compatibility issues. It will be removed sometime after June 2024. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_check_client_certificate_type(SSL *ssl, int enable); |
| |
| // SSL_set_check_ecdsa_curve configures whether the server, in TLS 1.2 and |
| // below, will check its certificate against the client's supported ECDSA |
| // curves. |
| // |
| // By default, this option is enabled. If disabled, certificate selection within |
| // the library may not function correctly. This flag is provided temporarily in |
| // case of compatibility issues. It will be removed sometime after June 2024. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_check_ecdsa_curve(SSL *ssl, int enable); |
| |
| |
| // Deprecated functions. |
| |
| // SSL_library_init returns one. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_library_init(void); |
| |
| // SSL_CIPHER_description writes a description of |cipher| into |buf| and |
| // returns |buf|. If |buf| is NULL, it returns a newly allocated string, to be |
| // freed with |OPENSSL_free|, or NULL on error. |
| // |
| // The description includes a trailing newline and has the form: |
| // AES128-SHA Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=AES(128) Mac=SHA1 |
| // |
| // Consider |SSL_CIPHER_standard_name| or |SSL_CIPHER_get_name| instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_description(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, |
| char *buf, int len); |
| |
| // SSL_CIPHER_get_version returns the string "TLSv1/SSLv3". |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| |
| typedef void COMP_METHOD; |
| typedef struct ssl_comp_st SSL_COMP; |
| |
| // SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods returns NULL. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_COMP) *SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods(void); |
| |
| // SSL_COMP_add_compression_method returns one. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_COMP_add_compression_method(int id, COMP_METHOD *cm); |
| |
| // SSL_COMP_get_name returns NULL. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_COMP_get_name(const COMP_METHOD *comp); |
| |
| // SSL_COMP_get0_name returns the |name| member of |comp|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_COMP_get0_name(const SSL_COMP *comp); |
| |
| // SSL_COMP_get_id returns the |id| member of |comp|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_COMP_get_id(const SSL_COMP *comp); |
| |
| // SSL_COMP_free_compression_methods does nothing. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_COMP_free_compression_methods(void); |
| |
| // SSLv23_method calls |TLS_method|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_method(void); |
| |
| // These version-specific methods behave exactly like |TLS_method| and |
| // |DTLS_method| except they also call |SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version| and |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version| to lock connections to that protocol |
| // version. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_method(void); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_method(void); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_method(void); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_method(void); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_method(void); |
| |
| // These client- and server-specific methods call their corresponding generic |
| // methods. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_server_method(void); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_client_method(void); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_server_method(void); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_client_method(void); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_server_method(void); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_client_method(void); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_server_method(void); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_client_method(void); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_server_method(void); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_client_method(void); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_server_method(void); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_client_method(void); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_server_method(void); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_client_method(void); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_server_method(void); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_client_method(void); |
| |
| // SSL_clear resets |ssl| to allow another connection and returns one on success |
| // or zero on failure. It returns most configuration state but releases memory |
| // associated with the current connection. |
| // |
| // Free |ssl| and create a new one instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_clear(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback does nothing. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, RSA *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength)); |
| |
| // SSL_set_tmp_rsa_callback does nothing. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tmp_rsa_callback(SSL *ssl, |
| RSA *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, |
| int keylength)); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_connect returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_accept returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_hits returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_hits(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_misses returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_misses(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_cutthrough_complete calls |SSL_in_false_start|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_cutthrough_complete(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_num_renegotiations calls |SSL_total_renegotiations|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_num_renegotiations(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_need_tmp_RSA returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_need_tmp_RSA(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa returns one. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa(SSL_CTX *ctx, const RSA *rsa); |
| |
| // SSL_set_tmp_rsa returns one. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_rsa(SSL *ssl, const RSA *rsa); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead returns one. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead(SSL_CTX *ctx, int yes); |
| |
| // SSL_get_read_ahead returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_read_ahead(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_set_read_ahead returns one. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_read_ahead(SSL *ssl, int yes); |
| |
| // SSL_set_state does nothing. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_state(SSL *ssl, int state); |
| |
| // SSL_get_shared_ciphers writes an empty string to |buf| and returns a |
| // pointer to |buf|, or NULL if |len| is less than or equal to zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT char *SSL_get_shared_ciphers(const SSL *ssl, char *buf, int len); |
| |
| // SSL_get_shared_sigalgs returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_shared_sigalgs(SSL *ssl, int idx, int *psign, |
| int *phash, int *psignandhash, |
| uint8_t *rsig, uint8_t *rhash); |
| |
| // SSL_MODE_HANDSHAKE_CUTTHROUGH is the same as SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START. |
| #define SSL_MODE_HANDSHAKE_CUTTHROUGH SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START |
| |
| // i2d_SSL_SESSION serializes |in|, as described in |i2d_SAMPLE|. |
| // |
| // Use |SSL_SESSION_to_bytes| instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int i2d_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION *in, uint8_t **pp); |
| |
| // d2i_SSL_SESSION parses a serialized session from the |length| bytes pointed |
| // to by |*pp|, as described in |d2i_SAMPLE|. |
| // |
| // Use |SSL_SESSION_from_bytes| instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *d2i_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION **a, const uint8_t **pp, |
| long length); |
| |
| // i2d_SSL_SESSION_bio serializes |session| and writes the result to |bio|. It |
| // returns the number of bytes written on success and <= 0 on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int i2d_SSL_SESSION_bio(BIO *bio, const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| |
| // d2i_SSL_SESSION_bio reads a serialized |SSL_SESSION| from |bio| and returns a |
| // newly-allocated |SSL_SESSION| or NULL on error. If |out| is not NULL, it also |
| // frees |*out| and sets |*out| to the new |SSL_SESSION|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *d2i_SSL_SESSION_bio(BIO *bio, SSL_SESSION **out); |
| |
| // ERR_load_SSL_strings does nothing. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void ERR_load_SSL_strings(void); |
| |
| // SSL_load_error_strings does nothing. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_load_error_strings(void); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_use_srtp calls |SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles|. It returns |
| // zero on success and one on failure. |
| // |
| // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value |
| // convention. Use |SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles| instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| const char *profiles); |
| |
| // SSL_set_tlsext_use_srtp calls |SSL_set_srtp_profiles|. It returns zero on |
| // success and one on failure. |
| // |
| // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value |
| // convention. Use |SSL_set_srtp_profiles| instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL *ssl, const char *profiles); |
| |
| // SSL_get_current_compression returns NULL. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_compression(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_current_expansion returns NULL. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_expansion(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_server_tmp_key returns zero. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_server_tmp_key(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY **out_key); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh returns 1. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh(SSL_CTX *ctx, const DH *dh); |
| |
| // SSL_set_tmp_dh returns 1. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_dh(SSL *ssl, const DH *dh); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback does nothing. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, DH *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength)); |
| |
| // SSL_set_tmp_dh_callback does nothing. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tmp_dh_callback(SSL *ssl, |
| DH *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, |
| int keylength)); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs takes |num_values| ints and interprets them as pairs |
| // where the first is the nid of a hash function and the second is an |
| // |EVP_PKEY_*| value. It configures the signature algorithm preferences for |
| // |ctx| based on them and returns one on success or zero on error. |
| // |
| // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should |
| // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's |
| // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *values, |
| size_t num_values); |
| |
| // SSL_set1_sigalgs takes |num_values| ints and interprets them as pairs where |
| // the first is the nid of a hash function and the second is an |EVP_PKEY_*| |
| // value. It configures the signature algorithm preferences for |ssl| based on |
| // them and returns one on success or zero on error. |
| // |
| // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should |
| // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's |
| // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_sigalgs(SSL *ssl, const int *values, |
| size_t num_values); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list takes a textual specification of a set of signature |
| // algorithms and configures them on |ctx|. It returns one on success and zero |
| // on error. See |
| // https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.0/man3/SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list.html for |
| // a description of the text format. Also note that TLS 1.3 names (e.g. |
| // "rsa_pkcs1_md5_sha1") can also be used (as in OpenSSL, although OpenSSL |
| // doesn't document that). |
| // |
| // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should |
| // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's |
| // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str); |
| |
| // SSL_set1_sigalgs_list takes a textual specification of a set of signature |
| // algorithms and configures them on |ssl|. It returns one on success and zero |
| // on error. See |
| // https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.0/man3/SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list.html for |
| // a description of the text format. Also note that TLS 1.3 names (e.g. |
| // "rsa_pkcs1_md5_sha1") can also be used (as in OpenSSL, although OpenSSL |
| // doesn't document that). |
| // |
| // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should |
| // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's |
| // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_sigalgs_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str); |
| |
| #define SSL_set_app_data(s, arg) (SSL_set_ex_data(s, 0, (char *)(arg))) |
| #define SSL_get_app_data(s) (SSL_get_ex_data(s, 0)) |
| #define SSL_SESSION_set_app_data(s, a) \ |
| (SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(s, 0, (char *)(a))) |
| #define SSL_SESSION_get_app_data(s) (SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(s, 0)) |
| #define SSL_CTX_get_app_data(ctx) (SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(ctx, 0)) |
| #define SSL_CTX_set_app_data(ctx, arg) \ |
| (SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(ctx, 0, (char *)(arg))) |
| |
| #define OpenSSL_add_ssl_algorithms() SSL_library_init() |
| #define SSLeay_add_ssl_algorithms() SSL_library_init() |
| |
| #define SSL_get_cipher(ssl) SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl)) |
| #define SSL_get_cipher_bits(ssl, out_alg_bits) \ |
| SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl), out_alg_bits) |
| #define SSL_get_cipher_version(ssl) \ |
| SSL_CIPHER_get_version(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl)) |
| #define SSL_get_cipher_name(ssl) \ |
| SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl)) |
| #define SSL_get_time(session) SSL_SESSION_get_time(session) |
| #define SSL_set_time(session, time) SSL_SESSION_set_time((session), (time)) |
| #define SSL_get_timeout(session) SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(session) |
| #define SSL_set_timeout(session, timeout) \ |
| SSL_SESSION_set_timeout((session), (timeout)) |
| |
| struct ssl_comp_st { |
| int id; |
| const char *name; |
| char *method; |
| }; |
| |
| DEFINE_STACK_OF(SSL_COMP) |
| |
| // The following flags do nothing and are included only to make it easier to |
| // compile code with BoringSSL. |
| #define SSL_MODE_AUTO_RETRY 0 |
| #define SSL_MODE_RELEASE_BUFFERS 0 |
| #define SSL_MODE_SEND_CLIENTHELLO_TIME 0 |
| #define SSL_MODE_SEND_SERVERHELLO_TIME 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_ALL 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_ALLOW_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_DONT_INSERT_EMPTY_FRAGMENTS 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_EPHEMERAL_RSA 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_LEGACY_SERVER_CONNECT 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_BIG_SSLV3_BUFFER 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_SESS_ID_BUG 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_MSIE_SSLV2_RSA_PADDING 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CA_DN_BUG 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CHALLENGE_BUG 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_DEMO_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_REUSE_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_NO_COMPRESSION 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_NO_RENEGOTIATION 0 // ssl_renegotiate_never is the default |
| #define SSL_OP_NO_SESSION_RESUMPTION_ON_RENEGOTIATION 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv3 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_1 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_2 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_SINGLE_DH_USE 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_SINGLE_ECDH_USE 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_SSLEAY_080_CLIENT_DH_BUG 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_SSLREF2_REUSE_CERT_TYPE_BUG 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_TLS_BLOCK_PADDING_BUG 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_TLS_D5_BUG 0 |
| #define SSL_OP_TLS_ROLLBACK_BUG 0 |
| #define SSL_VERIFY_CLIENT_ONCE 0 |
| |
| // SSL_cache_hit calls |SSL_session_reused|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_cache_hit(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_default_timeout returns |SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_get_default_timeout(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_version returns a string describing the TLS version used by |ssl|. |
| // For example, "TLSv1.2" or "DTLSv1". |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_version(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_all_version_names outputs a list of possible strings |
| // |SSL_get_version| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes at most |
| // |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have |
| // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set |
| // to zero to size the output. |
| // |
| // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want |
| // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list |
| // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain |
| // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every |
| // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this |
| // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_version_names(const char **out, |
| size_t max_out); |
| |
| // SSL_get_cipher_list returns the name of the |n|th cipher in the output of |
| // |SSL_get_ciphers| or NULL if out of range. Use |SSL_get_ciphers| instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_cipher_list(const SSL *ssl, int n); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb sets a callback which is called on the client if |
| // the server requests a client certificate and none is configured. On success, |
| // the callback should return one and set |*out_x509| to |*out_pkey| to a leaf |
| // certificate and private key, respectively, passing ownership. It should |
| // return zero to send no certificate and -1 to fail or pause the handshake. If |
| // the handshake is paused, |SSL_get_error| will return |
| // |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|. |
| // |
| // The callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and |
| // |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate request. |
| // |
| // Use |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| instead. Configuring intermediate certificates with |
| // this function is confusing. This callback may not be registered concurrently |
| // with |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| or |SSL_set_cert_cb|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, X509 **out_x509, EVP_PKEY **out_pkey)); |
| |
| #define SSL_NOTHING SSL_ERROR_NONE |
| #define SSL_WRITING SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE |
| #define SSL_READING SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ |
| |
| // SSL_want returns one of the above values to determine what the most recent |
| // operation on |ssl| was blocked on. Use |SSL_get_error| instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_want(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| #define SSL_want_read(ssl) (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_READING) |
| #define SSL_want_write(ssl) (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_WRITING) |
| |
| // SSL_get_finished writes up to |count| bytes of the Finished message sent by |
| // |ssl| to |buf|. It returns the total untruncated length or zero if none has |
| // been sent yet. At TLS 1.3 and later, it returns zero. |
| // |
| // Use |SSL_get_tls_unique| instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_finished(const SSL *ssl, void *buf, size_t count); |
| |
| // SSL_get_peer_finished writes up to |count| bytes of the Finished message |
| // received from |ssl|'s peer to |buf|. It returns the total untruncated length |
| // or zero if none has been received yet. At TLS 1.3 and later, it returns |
| // zero. |
| // |
| // Use |SSL_get_tls_unique| instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_peer_finished(const SSL *ssl, void *buf, |
| size_t count); |
| |
| // SSL_alert_type_string returns "!". Use |SSL_alert_type_string_long| |
| // instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_type_string(int value); |
| |
| // SSL_alert_desc_string returns "!!". Use |SSL_alert_desc_string_long| |
| // instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_desc_string(int value); |
| |
| // SSL_state_string returns "!!!!!!". Use |SSL_state_string_long| for a more |
| // intelligible string. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_state_string(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_TXT_* expand to strings. |
| #define SSL_TXT_MEDIUM "MEDIUM" |
| #define SSL_TXT_HIGH "HIGH" |
| #define SSL_TXT_FIPS "FIPS" |
| #define SSL_TXT_kRSA "kRSA" |
| #define SSL_TXT_kDHE "kDHE" |
| #define SSL_TXT_kEDH "kEDH" |
| #define SSL_TXT_kECDHE "kECDHE" |
| #define SSL_TXT_kEECDH "kEECDH" |
| #define SSL_TXT_kPSK "kPSK" |
| #define SSL_TXT_aRSA "aRSA" |
| #define SSL_TXT_aECDSA "aECDSA" |
| #define SSL_TXT_aPSK "aPSK" |
| #define SSL_TXT_DH "DH" |
| #define SSL_TXT_DHE "DHE" |
| #define SSL_TXT_EDH "EDH" |
| #define SSL_TXT_RSA "RSA" |
| #define SSL_TXT_ECDH "ECDH" |
| #define SSL_TXT_ECDHE "ECDHE" |
| #define SSL_TXT_EECDH "EECDH" |
| #define SSL_TXT_ECDSA "ECDSA" |
| #define SSL_TXT_PSK "PSK" |
| #define SSL_TXT_3DES "3DES" |
| #define SSL_TXT_RC4 "RC4" |
| #define SSL_TXT_AES128 "AES128" |
| #define SSL_TXT_AES256 "AES256" |
| #define SSL_TXT_AES "AES" |
| #define SSL_TXT_AES_GCM "AESGCM" |
| #define SSL_TXT_CHACHA20 "CHACHA20" |
| #define SSL_TXT_MD5 "MD5" |
| #define SSL_TXT_SHA1 "SHA1" |
| #define SSL_TXT_SHA "SHA" |
| #define SSL_TXT_SHA256 "SHA256" |
| #define SSL_TXT_SHA384 "SHA384" |
| #define SSL_TXT_SSLV3 "SSLv3" |
| #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1 "TLSv1" |
| #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_1 "TLSv1.1" |
| #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_2 "TLSv1.2" |
| #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_3 "TLSv1.3" |
| #define SSL_TXT_ALL "ALL" |
| #define SSL_TXT_CMPDEF "COMPLEMENTOFDEFAULT" |
| |
| typedef struct ssl_conf_ctx_st SSL_CONF_CTX; |
| |
| // SSL_state returns |SSL_ST_INIT| if a handshake is in progress and |SSL_ST_OK| |
| // otherwise. |
| // |
| // Use |SSL_is_init| instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_state(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| #define SSL_get_state(ssl) SSL_state(ssl) |
| |
| // SSL_set_shutdown causes |ssl| to behave as if the shutdown bitmask (see |
| // |SSL_get_shutdown|) were |mode|. This may be used to skip sending or |
| // receiving close_notify in |SSL_shutdown| by causing the implementation to |
| // believe the events already happened. |
| // |
| // It is an error to use |SSL_set_shutdown| to unset a bit that has already been |
| // set. Doing so will trigger an |assert| in debug builds and otherwise be |
| // ignored. |
| // |
| // Use |SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown| instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_shutdown(SSL *ssl, int mode); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh calls |SSL_CTX_set1_groups| with a one-element list |
| // containing |ec_key|'s curve. The remainder of |ec_key| is ignored. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh(SSL_CTX *ctx, const EC_KEY *ec_key); |
| |
| // SSL_set_tmp_ecdh calls |SSL_set1_groups| with a one-element list containing |
| // |ec_key|'s curve. The remainder of |ec_key| is ignored. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_ecdh(SSL *ssl, const EC_KEY *ec_key); |
| |
| #if !defined(OPENSSL_NO_FILESYSTEM) |
| // SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack lists files in directory |dir|. It calls |
| // |SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack| on each file and returns one on success |
| // or zero on error. This function is only available from the libdecrepit |
| // library. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out, |
| const char *dir); |
| #endif |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id calls |SSL_CTX_set_tls_channel_id_enabled|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_enable_tls_channel_id calls |SSL_set_tls_channel_id_enabled|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_enable_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // BIO_f_ssl returns a |BIO_METHOD| that can wrap an |SSL*| in a |BIO*|. Note |
| // that this has quite different behaviour from the version in OpenSSL (notably |
| // that it doesn't try to auto renegotiate). |
| // |
| // IMPORTANT: if you are not curl, don't use this. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_ssl(void); |
| |
| // BIO_set_ssl sets |ssl| as the underlying connection for |bio|, which must |
| // have been created using |BIO_f_ssl|. If |take_owership| is true, |bio| will |
| // call |SSL_free| on |ssl| when closed. It returns one on success or something |
| // other than one on error. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT long BIO_set_ssl(BIO *bio, SSL *ssl, int take_owership); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_ecdh_auto returns one. |
| #define SSL_CTX_set_ecdh_auto(ctx, onoff) 1 |
| |
| // SSL_set_ecdh_auto returns one. |
| #define SSL_set_ecdh_auto(ssl, onoff) 1 |
| |
| // SSL_get_session returns a non-owning pointer to |ssl|'s session. For |
| // historical reasons, which session it returns depends on |ssl|'s state. |
| // |
| // Prior to the start of the initial handshake, it returns the session the |
| // caller set with |SSL_set_session|. After the initial handshake has finished |
| // and if no additional handshakes are in progress, it returns the currently |
| // active session. Its behavior is undefined while a handshake is in progress. |
| // |
| // If trying to add new sessions to an external session cache, use |
| // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb| instead. In particular, using the callback is |
| // required as of TLS 1.3. For compatibility, this function will return an |
| // unresumable session which may be cached, but will never be resumed. |
| // |
| // If querying properties of the connection, use APIs on the |SSL| object. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_get_session(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get0_session is an alias for |SSL_get_session|. |
| #define SSL_get0_session SSL_get_session |
| |
| // SSL_get1_session acts like |SSL_get_session| but returns a new reference to |
| // the session. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_get1_session(SSL *ssl); |
| |
| #define OPENSSL_INIT_NO_LOAD_SSL_STRINGS 0 |
| #define OPENSSL_INIT_LOAD_SSL_STRINGS 0 |
| #define OPENSSL_INIT_SSL_DEFAULT 0 |
| |
| // OPENSSL_init_ssl returns one. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int OPENSSL_init_ssl(uint64_t opts, |
| const OPENSSL_INIT_SETTINGS *settings); |
| |
| // The following constants are legacy aliases for RSA-PSS with rsaEncryption |
| // keys. Use the new names instead. |
| #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_SHA256 SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA256 |
| #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_SHA384 SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA384 |
| #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_SHA512 SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA512 |
| |
| // SSL_set_tlsext_status_type configures a client to request OCSP stapling if |
| // |type| is |TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_ocsp| and disables it otherwise. It returns one |
| // on success and zero if handshake configuration has already been shed. |
| // |
| // Use |SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling| instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_status_type(SSL *ssl, int type); |
| |
| // SSL_get_tlsext_status_type returns |TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_ocsp| if the client |
| // requested OCSP stapling and |TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_nothing| otherwise. On the |
| // client, this reflects whether OCSP stapling was enabled via, e.g., |
| // |SSL_set_tlsext_status_type|. On the server, this is determined during the |
| // handshake. It may be queried in callbacks set by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb|. The |
| // result is undefined after the handshake completes. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_tlsext_status_type(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_set_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp sets the OCSP response. It returns one on |
| // success and zero on error. On success, |ssl| takes ownership of |resp|, which |
| // must have been allocated by |OPENSSL_malloc|. |
| // |
| // Use |SSL_set_ocsp_response| instead. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *resp, |
| size_t resp_len); |
| |
| // SSL_get_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp sets |*out| to point to the OCSP response |
| // from the server. It returns the length of the response. If there was no |
| // response, it sets |*out| to NULL and returns zero. |
| // |
| // Use |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| instead. |
| // |
| // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp(const SSL *ssl, |
| const uint8_t **out); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb configures the legacy OpenSSL OCSP callback and |
| // returns one. Though the type signature is the same, this callback has |
| // different behavior for client and server connections: |
| // |
| // For clients, the callback is called after certificate verification. It should |
| // return one for success, zero for a bad OCSP response, and a negative number |
| // for internal error. Instead, handle this as part of certificate verification. |
| // (Historically, OpenSSL verified certificates just before parsing stapled OCSP |
| // responses, but BoringSSL fixes this ordering. All server credentials are |
| // available during verification.) |
| // |
| // Do not use this callback as a server. It is provided for compatibility |
| // purposes only. For servers, it is called to configure server credentials. It |
| // should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| on success, |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK| to |
| // ignore OCSP requests, or |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL| on error. It is usually |
| // used to fetch OCSP responses on demand, which is not ideal. Instead, treat |
| // OCSP responses like other server credentials, such as certificates or SCT |
| // lists. Configure, store, and refresh them eagerly. This avoids downtime if |
| // the CA's OCSP responder is briefly offline. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| int (*callback)(SSL *ssl, |
| void *arg)); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_arg sets additional data for |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb|'s callback and returns one. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg); |
| |
| // The following symbols are compatibility aliases for reason codes used when |
| // receiving an alert from the peer. Use the other names instead, which fit the |
| // naming convention. |
| // |
| // TODO(davidben): Fix references to |SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED| and |
| // remove the compatibility value. The others come from OpenSSL. |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION \ |
| SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE \ |
| SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE \ |
| SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE \ |
| SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED |
| |
| // The following symbols are compatibility aliases for |SSL_GROUP_*|. |
| #define SSL_CURVE_SECP224R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP224R1 |
| #define SSL_CURVE_SECP256R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP256R1 |
| #define SSL_CURVE_SECP384R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP384R1 |
| #define SSL_CURVE_SECP521R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP521R1 |
| #define SSL_CURVE_X25519 SSL_GROUP_X25519 |
| #define SSL_CURVE_X25519_KYBER768_DRAFT00 SSL_GROUP_X25519_KYBER768_DRAFT00 |
| |
| // SSL_get_curve_id calls |SSL_get_group_id|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_curve_id(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| // SSL_get_curve_name calls |SSL_get_group_name|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_curve_name(uint16_t curve_id); |
| |
| // SSL_get_all_curve_names calls |SSL_get_all_group_names|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_curve_names(const char **out, size_t max_out); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set1_curves calls |SSL_CTX_set1_groups|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_curves(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *curves, |
| size_t num_curves); |
| |
| // SSL_set1_curves calls |SSL_set1_groups|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_curves(SSL *ssl, const int *curves, |
| size_t num_curves); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set1_curves_list calls |SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_curves_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *curves); |
| |
| // SSL_set1_curves_list calls |SSL_set1_groups_list|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_curves_list(SSL *ssl, const char *curves); |
| |
| // TLSEXT_nid_unknown is a constant used in OpenSSL for |
| // |SSL_get_negotiated_group| to return an unrecognized group. BoringSSL never |
| // returns this value, but we define this constant for compatibility. |
| #define TLSEXT_nid_unknown 0x1000000 |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_check_private_key returns one if |ctx| has both a certificate and |
| // private key, and zero otherwise. |
| // |
| // This function does not check consistency because the library checks when the |
| // certificate and key are individually configured. However, if the private key |
| // is configured before the certificate, inconsistent private keys are silently |
| // dropped. Some callers are inadvertently relying on this function to detect |
| // when this happens. |
| // |
| // Instead, callers should configure the certificate first, then the private |
| // key, checking for errors in each. This function is then unnecessary. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_check_private_key(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| |
| // SSL_check_private_key returns one if |ssl| has both a certificate and private |
| // key, and zero otherwise. |
| // |
| // See discussion in |SSL_CTX_check_private_key|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_check_private_key(const SSL *ssl); |
| |
| |
| // Compliance policy configurations |
| // |
| // A TLS connection has a large number of different parameters. Some are well |
| // known, like cipher suites, but many are obscure and configuration functions |
| // for them may not exist. These policy controls allow broad configuration |
| // goals to be specified so that they can flow down to all the different |
| // parameters of a TLS connection. |
| |
| enum ssl_compliance_policy_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { |
| // ssl_compliance_policy_none does nothing. However, since setting this |
| // doesn't undo other policies it's an error to try and set it. |
| ssl_compliance_policy_none, |
| |
| // ssl_compliance_policy_fips_202205 configures a TLS connection to use: |
| // * TLS 1.2 or 1.3 |
| // * For TLS 1.2, only ECDHE_[RSA|ECDSA]_WITH_AES_*_GCM_SHA*. |
| // * For TLS 1.3, only AES-GCM |
| // * P-256 or P-384 for key agreement. |
| // * For server signatures, only PKCS#1/PSS with SHA256/384/512, or ECDSA |
| // with P-256 or P-384. |
| // |
| // Note: this policy can be configured even if BoringSSL has not been built in |
| // FIPS mode. Call |FIPS_mode| to check that. |
| // |
| // Note: this setting aids with compliance with NIST requirements but does not |
| // guarantee it. Careful reading of SP 800-52r2 is recommended. |
| ssl_compliance_policy_fips_202205, |
| |
| // ssl_compliance_policy_wpa3_192_202304 configures a TLS connection to use: |
| // * TLS 1.2 or 1.3. |
| // * For TLS 1.2, only TLS_ECDHE_[ECDSA|RSA]_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384. |
| // * For TLS 1.3, only AES-256-GCM. |
| // * P-384 for key agreement. |
| // * For handshake signatures, only ECDSA with P-384 and SHA-384, or RSA |
| // with SHA-384 or SHA-512. |
| // |
| // No limitations on the certificate chain nor leaf public key are imposed, |
| // other than by the supported signature algorithms. But WPA3's "192-bit" |
| // mode requires at least P-384 or 3072-bit along the chain. The caller must |
| // enforce this themselves on the verified chain using functions such as |
| // `X509_STORE_CTX_get0_chain`. |
| // |
| // Note that this setting is less secure than the default. The |
| // implementation risks of using a more obscure primitive like P-384 |
| // dominate other considerations. |
| ssl_compliance_policy_wpa3_192_202304, |
| |
| // ssl_compliance_policy_cnsa_202407 confingures a TLS connection to use: |
| // * For TLS 1.3, AES-256-GCM over AES-128-GCM over ChaCha20-Poly1305. |
| // |
| // I.e. it ensures that AES-GCM will be used whenever the client supports it. |
| // The cipher suite configuration mini-language can be used to similarly |
| // configure prior TLS versions if they are enabled. |
| ssl_compliance_policy_cnsa_202407, |
| }; |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_compliance_policy configures various aspects of |ctx| based on |
| // the given policy requirements. Subsequently calling other functions that |
| // configure |ctx| may override |policy|, or may not. This should be the final |
| // configuration function called in order to have defined behaviour. It's a |
| // fatal error if |policy| is |ssl_compliance_policy_none|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_compliance_policy( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, enum ssl_compliance_policy_t policy); |
| |
| // SSL_set_compliance_policy acts the same as |SSL_CTX_set_compliance_policy|, |
| // but only configures a single |SSL*|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_compliance_policy( |
| SSL *ssl, enum ssl_compliance_policy_t policy); |
| |
| |
| // Nodejs compatibility section (hidden). |
| // |
| // These defines exist for node.js, with the hope that we can eliminate the |
| // need for them over time. |
| |
| #define SSLerr(function, reason) \ |
| ERR_put_error(ERR_LIB_SSL, 0, reason, __FILE__, __LINE__) |
| |
| |
| // Preprocessor compatibility section (hidden). |
| // |
| // Historically, a number of APIs were implemented in OpenSSL as macros and |
| // constants to 'ctrl' functions. To avoid breaking #ifdefs in consumers, this |
| // section defines a number of legacy macros. |
| // |
| // Although using either the CTRL values or their wrapper macros in #ifdefs is |
| // still supported, the CTRL values may not be passed to |SSL_ctrl| and |
| // |SSL_CTX_ctrl|. Call the functions (previously wrapper macros) instead. |
| // |
| // See PORTING.md in the BoringSSL source tree for a table of corresponding |
| // functions. |
| // https://boringssl.googlesource.com/boringssl/+/master/PORTING.md#Replacements-for-values |
| |
| #define DTLS_CTRL_GET_TIMEOUT doesnt_exist |
| #define DTLS_CTRL_HANDLE_TIMEOUT doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_CHAIN doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_CHAIN_CERT doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_CHANNEL_ID doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_MODE doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_OPTIONS doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERT doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CHANNEL_ID doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CLIENT_CERT_TYPES doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_GET_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_CERT_LIST doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_GET_NEGOTIATED_GROUP doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_GET_NUM_RENEGOTIATIONS doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_GET_READ_AHEAD doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_GET_RI_SUPPORT doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SERVER_TMP_KEY doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESSION_REUSED doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_MODE doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_GET_TOTAL_RENEGOTIATIONS doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_MODE doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_NEED_TMP_RSA doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_OPTIONS doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SESS_NUMBER doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_CURVES doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_CURVES_LIST doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS_LIST doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_ECDH_AUTO doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_CERT_LIST doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_SEND_FRAGMENT doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK_ARG doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MTU doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_READ_AHEAD doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_MODE doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_HOSTNAME doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_ARG doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_CB doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEY_CB doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH_CB doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH_CB doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA doesnt_exist |
| #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA_CB doesnt_exist |
| |
| // |BORINGSSL_PREFIX| already makes each of these symbols into macros, so there |
| // is no need to define conflicting macros. |
| #if !defined(BORINGSSL_PREFIX) |
| |
| #define DTLSv1_get_timeout DTLSv1_get_timeout |
| #define DTLSv1_handle_timeout DTLSv1_handle_timeout |
| #define SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert |
| #define SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert |
| #define SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert |
| #define SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs |
| #define SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs |
| #define SSL_CTX_clear_mode SSL_CTX_clear_mode |
| #define SSL_CTX_clear_options SSL_CTX_clear_options |
| #define SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs |
| #define SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs |
| #define SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list |
| #define SSL_CTX_get_mode SSL_CTX_get_mode |
| #define SSL_CTX_get_options SSL_CTX_get_options |
| #define SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead |
| #define SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode |
| #define SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys |
| #define SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA |
| #define SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size |
| #define SSL_CTX_sess_number SSL_CTX_sess_number |
| #define SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size |
| #define SSL_CTX_set0_chain SSL_CTX_set0_chain |
| #define SSL_CTX_set1_chain SSL_CTX_set1_chain |
| #define SSL_CTX_set1_curves SSL_CTX_set1_curves |
| #define SSL_CTX_set1_groups SSL_CTX_set1_groups |
| #define SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list |
| #define SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment |
| #define SSL_CTX_set_mode SSL_CTX_set_mode |
| #define SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg |
| #define SSL_CTX_set_options SSL_CTX_set_options |
| #define SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead |
| #define SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode |
| #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg |
| #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback \ |
| SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback |
| #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb |
| #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys |
| #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh |
| #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh |
| #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa |
| #define SSL_add0_chain_cert SSL_add0_chain_cert |
| #define SSL_add1_chain_cert SSL_add1_chain_cert |
| #define SSL_clear_chain_certs SSL_clear_chain_certs |
| #define SSL_clear_mode SSL_clear_mode |
| #define SSL_clear_options SSL_clear_options |
| #define SSL_get0_certificate_types SSL_get0_certificate_types |
| #define SSL_get0_chain_certs SSL_get0_chain_certs |
| #define SSL_get_max_cert_list SSL_get_max_cert_list |
| #define SSL_get_mode SSL_get_mode |
| #define SSL_get_negotiated_group SSL_get_negotiated_group |
| #define SSL_get_options SSL_get_options |
| #define SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support \ |
| SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support |
| #define SSL_need_tmp_RSA SSL_need_tmp_RSA |
| #define SSL_num_renegotiations SSL_num_renegotiations |
| #define SSL_session_reused SSL_session_reused |
| #define SSL_set0_chain SSL_set0_chain |
| #define SSL_set1_chain SSL_set1_chain |
| #define SSL_set1_curves SSL_set1_curves |
| #define SSL_set1_groups SSL_set1_groups |
| #define SSL_set_max_cert_list SSL_set_max_cert_list |
| #define SSL_set_max_send_fragment SSL_set_max_send_fragment |
| #define SSL_set_mode SSL_set_mode |
| #define SSL_set_msg_callback_arg SSL_set_msg_callback_arg |
| #define SSL_set_mtu SSL_set_mtu |
| #define SSL_set_options SSL_set_options |
| #define SSL_set_tlsext_host_name SSL_set_tlsext_host_name |
| #define SSL_set_tmp_dh SSL_set_tmp_dh |
| #define SSL_set_tmp_ecdh SSL_set_tmp_ecdh |
| #define SSL_set_tmp_rsa SSL_set_tmp_rsa |
| #define SSL_total_renegotiations SSL_total_renegotiations |
| |
| #endif // !defined(BORINGSSL_PREFIX) |
| |
| |
| #if defined(__cplusplus) |
| } // extern C |
| |
| #if !defined(BORINGSSL_NO_CXX) |
| |
| extern "C++" { |
| |
| BSSL_NAMESPACE_BEGIN |
| |
| BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL, SSL_free) |
| BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_CREDENTIAL, SSL_CREDENTIAL_free) |
| BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_CREDENTIAL, SSL_CREDENTIAL_up_ref) |
| BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_CTX, SSL_CTX_free) |
| BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_CTX, SSL_CTX_up_ref) |
| BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_ECH_KEYS, SSL_ECH_KEYS_free) |
| BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_ECH_KEYS, SSL_ECH_KEYS_up_ref) |
| BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION_free) |
| BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION_up_ref) |
| |
| |
| // *** DEPRECATED EXPERIMENT — DO NOT USE *** |
| // |
| // Split handshakes. |
| // |
| // WARNING: This mechanism is deprecated and should not be used. It is very |
| // fragile and difficult to use correctly. The relationship between |
| // configuration options across the two halves is ill-defined and not |
| // self-consistent. Additionally, version skew across the two halves risks |
| // unusual behavior and connection failure. New development should use the |
| // handshake hints API. Existing deployments should migrate to handshake hints |
| // to reduce the risk of service outages. |
| // |
| // Split handshakes allows the handshake part of a TLS connection to be |
| // performed in a different process (or on a different machine) than the data |
| // exchange. This only applies to servers. |
| // |
| // In the first part of a split handshake, an |SSL| (where the |SSL_CTX| has |
| // been configured with |SSL_CTX_set_handoff_mode|) is used normally. Once the |
| // ClientHello message has been received, the handshake will stop and |
| // |SSL_get_error| will indicate |SSL_ERROR_HANDOFF|. At this point (and only |
| // at this point), |SSL_serialize_handoff| can be called to write the “handoff” |
| // state of the connection. |
| // |
| // Elsewhere, a fresh |SSL| can be used with |SSL_apply_handoff| to continue |
| // the connection. The connection from the client is fed into this |SSL|, and |
| // the handshake resumed. When the handshake stops again and |SSL_get_error| |
| // indicates |SSL_ERROR_HANDBACK|, |SSL_serialize_handback| should be called to |
| // serialize the state of the handshake again. |
| // |
| // Back at the first location, a fresh |SSL| can be used with |
| // |SSL_apply_handback|. Then the client's connection can be processed mostly |
| // as normal. |
| // |
| // Lastly, when a connection is in the handoff state, whether or not |
| // |SSL_serialize_handoff| is called, |SSL_decline_handoff| will move it back |
| // into a normal state where the connection can proceed without impact. |
| // |
| // WARNING: Currently only works with TLS 1.0–1.2. |
| // WARNING: The serialisation formats are not yet stable: version skew may be |
| // fatal. |
| // WARNING: The handback data contains sensitive key material and must be |
| // protected. |
| // WARNING: Some calls on the final |SSL| will not work. Just as an example, |
| // calls like |SSL_get0_session_id_context| and |SSL_get_privatekey| won't |
| // work because the certificate used for handshaking isn't available. |
| // WARNING: |SSL_apply_handoff| may trigger “msg” callback calls. |
| |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_handoff_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, bool on); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_handoff_mode(SSL *SSL, bool on); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_serialize_handoff(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out, |
| SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *out_hello); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_decline_handoff(SSL *ssl); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_apply_handoff(SSL *ssl, Span<const uint8_t> handoff); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_serialize_handback(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out); |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_apply_handback(SSL *ssl, Span<const uint8_t> handback); |
| |
| // SSL_get_traffic_secrets sets |*out_read_traffic_secret| and |
| // |*out_write_traffic_secret| to reference the current TLS 1.3 traffic secrets |
| // for |ssl|. It returns true on success and false on error. |
| // |
| // This function is only valid on TLS 1.3 connections that have completed the |
| // handshake. It is not valid for QUIC or DTLS, where multiple traffic secrets |
| // may be active at a time. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_get_traffic_secrets( |
| const SSL *ssl, Span<const uint8_t> *out_read_traffic_secret, |
| Span<const uint8_t> *out_write_traffic_secret); |
| |
| // SSL_CTX_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing sets |override_value| to |
| // override checking for aes hardware support for testing. If |override_value| |
| // is set to true, the library will behave as if aes hardware support is |
| // present. If it is set to false, the library will behave as if aes hardware |
| // support is not present. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing( |
| SSL_CTX *ctx, bool override_value); |
| |
| // SSL_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing acts the same as |
| // |SSL_CTX_set_aes_override_for_testing| but only configures a single |SSL*|. |
| OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing(SSL *ssl, |
| bool override_value); |
| |
| BSSL_NAMESPACE_END |
| |
| } // extern C++ |
| |
| #endif // !defined(BORINGSSL_NO_CXX) |
| |
| #endif |
| |
| #define SSL_R_APP_DATA_IN_HANDSHAKE 100 |
| #define SSL_R_ATTEMPT_TO_REUSE_SESSION_IN_DIFFERENT_CONTEXT 101 |
| #define SSL_R_BAD_ALERT 102 |
| #define SSL_R_BAD_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC 103 |
| #define SSL_R_BAD_DATA_RETURNED_BY_CALLBACK 104 |
| #define SSL_R_BAD_DH_P_LENGTH 105 |
| #define SSL_R_BAD_DIGEST_LENGTH 106 |
| #define SSL_R_BAD_ECC_CERT 107 |
| #define SSL_R_BAD_ECPOINT 108 |
| #define SSL_R_BAD_HANDSHAKE_RECORD 109 |
| #define SSL_R_BAD_HELLO_REQUEST 110 |
| #define SSL_R_BAD_LENGTH 111 |
| #define SSL_R_BAD_PACKET_LENGTH 112 |
| #define SSL_R_BAD_RSA_ENCRYPT 113 |
| #define SSL_R_BAD_SIGNATURE 114 |
| #define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_MKI_VALUE 115 |
| #define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_LIST 116 |
| #define SSL_R_BAD_SSL_FILETYPE 117 |
| #define SSL_R_BAD_WRITE_RETRY 118 |
| #define SSL_R_BIO_NOT_SET 119 |
| #define SSL_R_BN_LIB 120 |
| #define SSL_R_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL 121 |
| #define SSL_R_CA_DN_LENGTH_MISMATCH 122 |
| #define SSL_R_CA_DN_TOO_LONG 123 |
| #define SSL_R_CCS_RECEIVED_EARLY 124 |
| #define SSL_R_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY_FAILED 125 |
| #define SSL_R_CERT_CB_ERROR 126 |
| #define SSL_R_CERT_LENGTH_MISMATCH 127 |
| #define SSL_R_CHANNEL_ID_NOT_P256 128 |
| #define SSL_R_CHANNEL_ID_SIGNATURE_INVALID 129 |
| #define SSL_R_CIPHER_OR_HASH_UNAVAILABLE 130 |
| #define SSL_R_CLIENTHELLO_PARSE_FAILED 131 |
| #define SSL_R_CLIENTHELLO_TLSEXT 132 |
| #define SSL_R_CONNECTION_REJECTED 133 |
| #define SSL_R_CONNECTION_TYPE_NOT_SET 134 |
| #define SSL_R_CUSTOM_EXTENSION_ERROR 135 |
| #define SSL_R_DATA_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 136 |
| #define SSL_R_DECODE_ERROR 137 |
| #define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED 138 |
| #define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED_OR_BAD_RECORD_MAC 139 |
| #define SSL_R_DH_PUBLIC_VALUE_LENGTH_IS_WRONG 140 |
| #define SSL_R_DH_P_TOO_LONG 141 |
| #define SSL_R_DIGEST_CHECK_FAILED 142 |
| #define SSL_R_DTLS_MESSAGE_TOO_BIG 143 |
| #define SSL_R_ECC_CERT_NOT_FOR_SIGNING 144 |
| #define SSL_R_EMS_STATE_INCONSISTENT 145 |
| #define SSL_R_ENCRYPTED_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 146 |
| #define SSL_R_ERROR_ADDING_EXTENSION 147 |
| #define SSL_R_ERROR_IN_RECEIVED_CIPHER_LIST 148 |
| #define SSL_R_ERROR_PARSING_EXTENSION 149 |
| #define SSL_R_EXCESSIVE_MESSAGE_SIZE 150 |
| #define SSL_R_EXTRA_DATA_IN_MESSAGE 151 |
| #define SSL_R_FRAGMENT_MISMATCH 152 |
| #define SSL_R_GOT_NEXT_PROTO_WITHOUT_EXTENSION 153 |
| #define SSL_R_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE_ON_CLIENT_HELLO 154 |
| #define SSL_R_HTTPS_PROXY_REQUEST 155 |
| #define SSL_R_HTTP_REQUEST 156 |
| #define SSL_R_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 157 |
| #define SSL_R_INVALID_COMMAND 158 |
| #define SSL_R_INVALID_MESSAGE 159 |
| #define SSL_R_INVALID_SSL_SESSION 160 |
| #define SSL_R_INVALID_TICKET_KEYS_LENGTH 161 |
| #define SSL_R_LENGTH_MISMATCH 162 |
| #define SSL_R_MISSING_EXTENSION 164 |
| #define SSL_R_MISSING_RSA_CERTIFICATE 165 |
| #define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_DH_KEY 166 |
| #define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_ECDH_KEY 167 |
| #define SSL_R_MIXED_SPECIAL_OPERATOR_WITH_GROUPS 168 |
| #define SSL_R_MTU_TOO_SMALL 169 |
| #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_BOTH_NPN_AND_ALPN 170 |
| #define SSL_R_NESTED_GROUP 171 |
| #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATES_RETURNED 172 |
| #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_ASSIGNED 173 |
| #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_SET 174 |
| #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_AVAILABLE 175 |
| #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_PASSED 176 |
| #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHER_MATCH 177 |
| #define SSL_R_NO_COMPRESSION_SPECIFIED 178 |
| #define SSL_R_NO_METHOD_SPECIFIED 179 |
| #define SSL_R_NO_PRIVATE_KEY_ASSIGNED 181 |
| #define SSL_R_NO_RENEGOTIATION 182 |
| #define SSL_R_NO_REQUIRED_DIGEST 183 |
| #define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_CIPHER 184 |
| #define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_CTX 185 |
| #define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_METHOD_PASSED 186 |
| #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_CIPHER_NOT_RETURNED 187 |
| #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_VERSION_NOT_RETURNED 188 |
| #define SSL_R_OUTPUT_ALIASES_INPUT 189 |
| #define SSL_R_PARSE_TLSEXT 190 |
| #define SSL_R_PATH_TOO_LONG 191 |
| #define SSL_R_PEER_DID_NOT_RETURN_A_CERTIFICATE 192 |
| #define SSL_R_PEER_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 193 |
| #define SSL_R_PROTOCOL_IS_SHUTDOWN 194 |
| #define SSL_R_PSK_IDENTITY_NOT_FOUND 195 |
| #define SSL_R_PSK_NO_CLIENT_CB 196 |
| #define SSL_R_PSK_NO_SERVER_CB 197 |
| #define SSL_R_READ_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED 198 |
| #define SSL_R_RECORD_LENGTH_MISMATCH 199 |
| #define SSL_R_RECORD_TOO_LARGE 200 |
| #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_ENCODING_ERR 201 |
| #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_MISMATCH 202 |
| #define SSL_R_REQUIRED_CIPHER_MISSING 203 |
| #define SSL_R_RESUMED_EMS_SESSION_WITHOUT_EMS_EXTENSION 204 |
| #define SSL_R_RESUMED_NON_EMS_SESSION_WITH_EMS_EXTENSION 205 |
| #define SSL_R_SCSV_RECEIVED_WHEN_RENEGOTIATING 206 |
| #define SSL_R_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT 207 |
| #define SSL_R_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_UNINITIALIZED 208 |
| #define SSL_R_SESSION_MAY_NOT_BE_CREATED 209 |
| #define SSL_R_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHMS_EXTENSION_SENT_BY_SERVER 210 |
| #define SSL_R_SRTP_COULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_PROFILES 211 |
| #define SSL_R_SRTP_UNKNOWN_PROTECTION_PROFILE 212 |
| #define SSL_R_SSL3_EXT_INVALID_SERVERNAME 213 |
| #define SSL_R_SSL_CTX_HAS_NO_DEFAULT_SSL_VERSION 214 |
| #define SSL_R_SSL_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 215 |
| #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_TOO_LONG 216 |
| #define SSL_R_TLS_PEER_DID_NOT_RESPOND_WITH_CERTIFICATE_LIST 217 |
| #define SSL_R_TLS_RSA_ENCRYPTED_VALUE_LENGTH_IS_WRONG 218 |
| #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_EMPTY_FRAGMENTS 219 |
| #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_WARNING_ALERTS 220 |
| #define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_ECDH_PARAMETERS 221 |
| #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_EXTENSION 222 |
| #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 223 |
| #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_OPERATOR_IN_GROUP 224 |
| #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_RECORD 225 |
| #define SSL_R_UNINITIALIZED 226 |
| #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_ALERT_TYPE 227 |
| #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 228 |
| #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_RETURNED 229 |
| #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_TYPE 230 |
| #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST 231 |
| #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_KEY_EXCHANGE_TYPE 232 |
| #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_PROTOCOL 233 |
| #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_SSL_VERSION 234 |
| #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_STATE 235 |
| #define SSL_R_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED 236 |
| #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_CIPHER 237 |
| #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_COMPRESSION_ALGORITHM 238 |
| #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_ELLIPTIC_CURVE 239 |
| #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL 240 |
| #define SSL_R_WRONG_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 241 |
| #define SSL_R_WRONG_CIPHER_RETURNED 242 |
| #define SSL_R_WRONG_CURVE 243 |
| #define SSL_R_WRONG_MESSAGE_TYPE 244 |
| #define SSL_R_WRONG_SIGNATURE_TYPE 245 |
| #define SSL_R_WRONG_SSL_VERSION 246 |
| #define SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_NUMBER 247 |
| #define SSL_R_X509_LIB 248 |
| #define SSL_R_X509_VERIFICATION_SETUP_PROBLEMS 249 |
| #define SSL_R_SHUTDOWN_WHILE_IN_INIT 250 |
| #define SSL_R_INVALID_OUTER_RECORD_TYPE 251 |
| #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL_FOR_CUSTOM_KEY 252 |
| #define SSL_R_NO_COMMON_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHMS 253 |
| #define SSL_R_DOWNGRADE_DETECTED 254 |
| #define SSL_R_EXCESS_HANDSHAKE_DATA 255 |
| #define SSL_R_INVALID_COMPRESSION_LIST 256 |
| #define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_EXTENSION 257 |
| #define SSL_R_MISSING_KEY_SHARE 258 |
| #define SSL_R_INVALID_ALPN_PROTOCOL 259 |
| #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_KEY_UPDATES 260 |
| #define SSL_R_BLOCK_CIPHER_PAD_IS_WRONG 261 |
| #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_SPECIFIED 262 |
| #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_EMS_MISMATCH 263 |
| #define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_KEY_SHARE 264 |
| #define SSL_R_NO_GROUPS_SPECIFIED 265 |
| #define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_GROUP 266 |
| #define SSL_R_PRE_SHARED_KEY_MUST_BE_LAST 267 |
| #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_PRF_HASH_MISMATCH 268 |
| #define SSL_R_INVALID_SCT_LIST 269 |
| #define SSL_R_TOO_MUCH_SKIPPED_EARLY_DATA 270 |
| #define SSL_R_PSK_IDENTITY_BINDER_COUNT_MISMATCH 271 |
| #define SSL_R_CANNOT_PARSE_LEAF_CERT 272 |
| #define SSL_R_SERVER_CERT_CHANGED 273 |
| #define SSL_R_CERTIFICATE_AND_PRIVATE_KEY_MISMATCH 274 |
| #define SSL_R_CANNOT_HAVE_BOTH_PRIVKEY_AND_METHOD 275 |
| #define SSL_R_TICKET_ENCRYPTION_FAILED 276 |
| #define SSL_R_ALPN_MISMATCH_ON_EARLY_DATA 277 |
| #define SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_ON_EARLY_DATA 278 |
| #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_EXTENSION_ON_EARLY_DATA 279 |
| #define SSL_R_NO_SUPPORTED_VERSIONS_ENABLED 280 |
| #define SSL_R_EMPTY_HELLO_RETRY_REQUEST 282 |
| #define SSL_R_EARLY_DATA_NOT_IN_USE 283 |
| #define SSL_R_HANDSHAKE_NOT_COMPLETE 284 |
| #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_TB_WITHOUT_EMS_OR_RI 285 |
| #define SSL_R_SERVER_ECHOED_INVALID_SESSION_ID 286 |
| #define SSL_R_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION_FAILED 287 |
| #define SSL_R_SECOND_SERVERHELLO_VERSION_MISMATCH 288 |
| #define SSL_R_OCSP_CB_ERROR 289 |
| #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_TOO_LONG 290 |
| #define SSL_R_APPLICATION_DATA_ON_SHUTDOWN 291 |
| #define SSL_R_CERT_DECOMPRESSION_FAILED 292 |
| #define SSL_R_UNCOMPRESSED_CERT_TOO_LARGE 293 |
| #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CERT_COMPRESSION_ALG 294 |
| #define SSL_R_INVALID_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM 295 |
| #define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM 296 |
| #define SSL_R_TLS13_DOWNGRADE 297 |
| #define SSL_R_QUIC_INTERNAL_ERROR 298 |
| #define SSL_R_WRONG_ENCRYPTION_LEVEL_RECEIVED 299 |
| #define SSL_R_TOO_MUCH_READ_EARLY_DATA 300 |
| #define SSL_R_INVALID_DELEGATED_CREDENTIAL 301 |
| #define SSL_R_KEY_USAGE_BIT_INCORRECT 302 |
| #define SSL_R_INCONSISTENT_CLIENT_HELLO 303 |
| #define SSL_R_CIPHER_MISMATCH_ON_EARLY_DATA 304 |
| #define SSL_R_QUIC_TRANSPORT_PARAMETERS_MISCONFIGURED 305 |
| #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_COMPATIBILITY_MODE 306 |
| #define SSL_R_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL 307 |
| #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_ALPS_WITHOUT_ALPN 308 |
| #define SSL_R_ALPS_MISMATCH_ON_EARLY_DATA 309 |
| #define SSL_R_ECH_SERVER_CONFIG_AND_PRIVATE_KEY_MISMATCH 310 |
| #define SSL_R_ECH_SERVER_CONFIG_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 311 |
| #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_ECH_SERVER_CONFIG 312 |
| #define SSL_R_ECH_SERVER_WOULD_HAVE_NO_RETRY_CONFIGS 313 |
| #define SSL_R_INVALID_CLIENT_HELLO_INNER 314 |
| #define SSL_R_INVALID_ALPN_PROTOCOL_LIST 315 |
| #define SSL_R_COULD_NOT_PARSE_HINTS 316 |
| #define SSL_R_INVALID_ECH_PUBLIC_NAME 317 |
| #define SSL_R_INVALID_ECH_CONFIG_LIST 318 |
| #define SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED 319 |
| #define SSL_R_INVALID_OUTER_EXTENSION 320 |
| #define SSL_R_INCONSISTENT_ECH_NEGOTIATION 321 |
| #define SSL_R_INVALID_ALPS_CODEPOINT 322 |
| #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CLOSE_NOTIFY 1000 |
| #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 1010 |
| #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_RECORD_MAC 1020 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPTION_FAILED 1021 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_RECORD_OVERFLOW 1022 |
| #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE 1030 |
| #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 1040 |
| #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_NO_CERTIFICATE 1041 |
| #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE 1042 |
| #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE 1043 |
| #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED 1044 |
| #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED 1045 |
| #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN 1046 |
| #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER 1047 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNKNOWN_CA 1048 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_ACCESS_DENIED 1049 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECODE_ERROR 1050 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPT_ERROR 1051 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_EXPORT_RESTRICTION 1060 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_PROTOCOL_VERSION 1070 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY 1071 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INTERNAL_ERROR 1080 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 1086 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_USER_CANCELLED 1090 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_NO_RENEGOTIATION 1100 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 1110 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE 1111 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME 1112 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE 1113 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE 1114 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY 1115 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED 1116 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL 1120 |
| #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_ECH_REQUIRED 1121 |
| |
| #endif // OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H |